Перевод: со всех языков на английский

С английского на:
Все языки
Со всех языков на:
Все языки
Английский
Испанский
Португальский

speak+in+simple+phrase

1 език

1. анат. tongue

обложен език a coated/furred tongue

надебелен език a thick tongue

възпаление на езика мед. glossitis изплезихме езици, докато се качим до върха we were done up/all in/dog tired/dead beat by the time we reached the top

не мога да си преобърна езика да го произнеса/изрека I can't get my tongue round it

на езика ми е have s.th. on the tip of o.'s tongue

каквото му е на ума, това му е на езика he wears his heart on his sleeve

изплъзна ми се от езика it slipped out, I never meant to say it

идваше ми да си отхапя езика I could have bitten my tongue off

глътвам си езика be struck dumb, be scared to death, be dumbfounded; lose o.'s tongue

вързан в езика tongue-tied

развързвам си език a loosen o.'s tongue

преплита ми се езика stammer, falter, become tongue-tied

сърби ме езика be itching to speak

чеша си езика wag o.'s tongue

държа си езика hold o.'s tongue, keep a still tongue in o.'s head, bridle/curb o.'s tongue, put a bridle/curb on o.'s tongue

дръж си езика hold your tongue! hold/stop your jaw! ( бъди по-учтив) keep a civil tongue! остър език a sharp/biting tongue

злите езици evil tongues, slanderers

злите езици разправят, че gossip has it that

езикът няма кости, а кости троши the tongue is sharper than any sword

2. тех. tongue; pawl; catch

(на обувка) tongue

(на камбана) clapper, tongue (of a bell), jinglet

огнени езици tongues of flame

във формата на език tongue-shaped

3. (реч) speech

(на даден народ) language, tongue

пренебр. lingo

матерен език a mother tongue

роден език o.'s own/native language, vernacular

народен език vernacular

на народен език in the vernacular

писмен език a written language

говорим език a spoken language

разговорен език everyday/conversational/colloquial speech

литературен/книжовен език a literary language

неофициален език slang

на прост/ясен език in simple phrase, (put) in simple language, in plain English

държа остър език speak sharply

имам груб език be rough-spoken

мръсен език bad/foul language

приличен език a clean tongue

държа лош/грозен език be rude/impudent, speak roughly

що за език! that's no way to talk! език на глухонемите finger/sign language

чужд език a foreign language

модерни/древни езици modern/ancient languages

живи/мъртви езици living/dead languages

славянски/германски/романски езици Slavonic, Slavic/Germanic/Romance languages

той говори добре чужди езици he is a good linguist, he is good at languages

той лошо говори чужди езици he is a bad/poor linguist

4. (изразни средства) language

(стил) style

(идиом) idiom, parlance

(на документ) wording

(жаргон) jargon, cant, lingo

езикът на Ботев the language of Botev, Botev's style

изящен език elegant style; a felicity of phrase

точен език precise language, verbal accuracy

вестникарски език journalese, newspaperese

канцеларски език official language

канцеларски български/английски и т. н. език Committee English/Bulgarian etc.

езикът на сцената the language of the stage

в правния/моряшкия/военния и т.н. език in legal/nautical/military etc. parlance

научен език learned/scholarly language

на езика на математиката/науката in terms of mathematics/science

филмов език film idiom

общ език прен. common ground, a common language

не можахме да намерим общ език we talked at cross purposes

* * *

езѝк,

м., -ци, (два) езѝка 1. tongue; анат. glossa; възпаление на \езикка мед. glossitis; обложен \езикк coated/furred tongue;

2. техн. tongue; pawl; catch; застопоряващ \езикк ( палец) dog catch; (на обувка) tongue; (на камбана) clapper, tongue (of a bell), jinglet;

3. ( реч) speech; (на даден народ) language, tongue; пренебр. lingo; \езикк на глухонемите finger/sign language; изучаван \езикк target language; малцинствен \езикк minority language; ма̀терен \езикк mother tongue; на прост/ясен \езикк (put) in simple language, in plain English;

4. инф.: \езикк за управление на задания job control language; \езикк на командите command language; компилиращ \езикк assembly language;

5. ( изразни средства) language; ( стил) style; ( идиом) idiom, parlance; (на документ) wording; ( жаргон) jargon, cant, lingo; вестникарски \езикк journalese, newspaperese; в правния/моряшкия/военния и т. н. \езикк in legal/nautical/military etc. parlance; изящен \езикк elegant style; на \езикка на математиката/науката in terms of mathematics/science; научен \езикк learned/scholarly language; точен \езикк verbal accuracy; филмов \езикк film idiom; • глътвам си \езикка be struck dumb, be scared to death, be dumbfounded; дръж си \езикка ( бъди по-учтив) keep a civil tongue! държа остър \езикк speak sharply; държа си \езикка bridle/curb o.’s tongue, put a bridle/curb on o.’s tongue; \езиккът няма кости, а кости троши the tongue is sharper than any sword; злите \езикци разправят, че gossip has it that; идваше ми да си отхапя \езикка I could have bitten my tongue off; изплезихме \езикци, докато се качим до върха we were done up/dog tired/dead beat by the time we reached the top; изплъзна ми се от \езикка it slipped out; имам груб \езикк be rough-spoken; каквото му е на ума, това му е на \езикка he wears his heart on his sleeve; на \езикка ми е have s.th. on the tip of o.’s tongue; не мога да си преобърна \езикка да го произнеса/изрека I can’t get my tongue round it; не можахме да намерим общ \езикк we talked at cross purposes; общ \езикк прен. common ground/language; преплита ми се \езиккът stammer, falter; развързвам си \езикка loosen o.’s. tongue; сърби ме \езиккът be itching to speak; чеша си \езикка wag o.’s tongue, chew the fat, chinwag, shoot the breeze; що за \езикк! that’s no way to talk!

* * *

machine code/ language: Do you speak foreign езикs? - Говориш ли чужди езици?; lingo (чужд); parlance ; tongue {`tXN} (анат.): a thick език - надебелен език

* * *
1. (жаргон) jargon, cant, lingo 2. (идиом) idiom, parlance 3. (изразни средства) language 4. (на даден народ) language, tongue 5. (на документ) wording 6. (на камбана) clapper, tongue (of a bell), jinglet 7. (на обувка) tongue 8. (реч) speech 9. (стил) style 10. mex. tongue;pawl;catch 11. ЕЗИКът на Ботев the language of Botev, Botev's style 12. ЕЗИКът на сцената the language of the stage 13. ЕЗИКът няма кости, а кости троши the tongue is sharper than any sword 14. анат. tongue 15. в правния/моряшкия/военния и т.н. ЕЗИК in legal/nautical/ military etc. parlance 16. вестникарски ЕЗИК journalese, newspaperese 17. във формата на ЕЗИК tongue-shaped 18. възпаление на ЕЗИКа мед. glossitis изплезихме езици, докато се качим до върха we were done up/all in/dog tired/dead beat by the time we reached the top 19. вързан в ЕЗИКа tongue-tied 20. глътвам си ЕЗИКa be struck dumb, be scared to death, be dumbfounded;lose o.'s tongue 21. говорим ЕЗИК a spoken language 22. дръж си ЕЗИКа hold your tongue! hold/stop your jaw! (бъди no-учтив) keep a civil tongue! остър ЕЗИК a sharp/biting tongue 23. държа лош/ грозен ЕЗИК be rude/impudent, speak roughly 24. държа остър ЕЗИК speak sharply 25. държа си ЕЗИКа hold o.'s tongue, keep a still tongue in o.'s head, bridle/curb o.'s tongue, put a bridle/ curb on o.'s tongue 26. живи/мъртви езици living/dead languages 27. злите езици evil tongues, slanderers 28. злите езици разправят, че gossip has it that 29. идваше ми да си отхапя ЕЗИКа I could have bitten my tongue off 30. изплъзна ми се от ЕЗИКа it slipped out, I never meant to say it 31. изящен ЕЗИК elegant style;a felicity of phrase 32. имам груб ЕЗИК be rough-spoken 33. каквото му е на ума, това му е на ЕЗИКа he wears his heart on his sleeve 34. канцеларски ЕЗИК official language 35. канцеларски български/английски и т. н. ЕЗИК Committee English/Bulgarian etc. 36. литературен/книжовен ЕЗИК а literary language 37. матерен ЕЗИК a mother tongue 38. модерни/древни езици modern/ancient languages 39. мръсен ЕЗИК bad/foul language 40. на ЕЗИКа ми е have s.th. on the tip of o.'s tongue 41. на ЕЗИКа на математиката/науката in terms of mathematics/science 42. на народен ЕЗИК in the vernacular 43. на прост/ясен ЕЗИК in simple phrase, (put) in simple language, in plain English 44. надебелен ЕЗИК a thick tongue 45. народен ЕЗИК vernacular 46. научен ЕЗИК learned/scholarly language 47. не мога да си преобърна ЕЗИКа да го произнеса/изрека I can't get my tongue round it 48. не можахме да намерим общ ЕЗИК we talked at cross purposes 49. неофициален ЕЗИК slang 50. обложен ЕЗИК а coated/furred tongue 51. общ ЕЗИК прен. common ground, a common language 52. огнени езици tongues of flame 53. писмен ЕЗИК a written language 54. пренебр. lingo 55. преплита ми се ЕЗИКa stammer, falter, become tongue-tied 56. приличен ЕЗИК а clean tongue 57. развързвам си ЕЗИК а loosen o.'s tongue 58. разговорен ЕЗИК everyday/conversational/colloquial speech 59. роден ЕЗИК o.'s own/native language, vernacular 60. славянски/германски/романски езици Slavonic, Slavic/Germanic/Romance languages 61. сърби ме ЕЗИКа be itching to speak 62. той говори добре чужди езици he is a good linguist, he is good at languages 63. той лошо говори чужди езици he is a bad/poor linguist 64. точен ЕЗИК precise language, verbal accuracy 65. филмов ЕЗИК film idiom 66. чеша си ЕЗИКa wag o.'s tongue 67. чужд ЕЗИК a foreign language 68. що за ЕЗИК! that's no way to talk! ЕЗИК на глухонемите finger/sign language

Български-английски речник > език
2 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
3 être

être [εtʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. linking verb

2. auxiliary verb

3. intransitive verb

4. impersonal verb

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 61

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Pour les locutions comme être en colère, c'est dommage, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. to be

• le ciel est bleu the sky is blue

• soyez sages ! be good!

• il était fatigué he was tired

• elle est traductrice she's a translator

• il est tout pour elle he's everything to her

• il n'est plus rien pour moi he doesn't mean anything to me any more

• nous sommes dix à vouloir partir ten of us want to go

► être de

• nous sommes de la même religion we are of the same faith

• être de l'expédition to take part in the expedition

• être de noce to be at a wedding

• je ne serai pas du voyage I won't be going

• elle est des nôtres she's one of us ; ( = elle vient avec nous) she's coming with us

• serez-vous des nôtres demain ? will you be coming tomorrow?

   b. (date) on est le 12 janvier

• nous sommes le 12 janvier it's 12 January

• on était en juillet it was in July

• quel jour sommes-nous ? (date) what's the date today? ; (jour) what day is it today?

2. <

   a. (passif) to be

• être fabriqué par... to be made by...

• il est soutenu par son patron he is backed up by his boss

• elle n'a pas été invitée she hasn't been invited

   b. (temps composés) to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les temps composés anglais sont généralement formés avec le verbe to have et non to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les temps composés français ne se traduisent pas toujours par des temps composés anglais: le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est mort hier he died yesterday

• il est parti hier he left yesterday

• est-il déjà passé ? has he been already?

• nous étions montés we had gone upstairs

   c. (verbes pronominaux) elle s'est regardée dans la glace she looked at herself in the mirror

• elle s'était endormie she had fallen asleep

• ils se sont regardés avec méfiance they looked at each other suspiciously

3. <

   a. to be

• elle n'est plus she is no more

• le meilleur homme qui soit the kindest man imaginable

• le village est à 10 km d'ici the village is 10km from here

• où étais-tu ? where were you?

   b. ( = aller)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir été décrit un déplacement, il est rendu le plus souvent par to go ; lorsqu'il exprime le fait de s'être trouvé quelque part, il se traduit par to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il n'avait jamais été à Londres he'd never been to London

• as-tu déjà été à l'étranger ? -- oui j'ai été en Italie l'an dernier have you ever been abroad? -- yes I went to Italy last year

• elle a été lui téléphoner she's gone to phone him

• il a été dire que c'était de ma faute he went and said that it was my fault

4. <

   a. ► il est + adjectif it is

• il est étrange que... it's odd that...

• il a été facile de le convaincre it was easy to convince him

   b. ► il est (pour dire l'heure) it is

• il est 10 heures it's 10 o'clock

• il était 8 heures quand il est arrivé it was 8 o'clock when he arrived

• quelle heure est-il ? what time is it?

   c. ► il est + nom (literary) (nom singulier) there is ; (nom pluriel) there are

• il est un pays où... there is a country where...

• il est des gens qui... there are people who...

• il était une fois... once upon a time there was...

   d. ► c'est, ce sont + nom ou pronom

• c'est le médecin (en désignant) that's the doctor ; (au téléphone, à la porte) it's the doctor

• c'est une voiture rapide it's a fast car

• ce sont de bons souvenirs they are happy memories

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais, to be se met au temps de l'action décrite.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est une voiture rouge qui l'a renversé it was a red car which knocked him down

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Notez l'emploi possible d'un auxiliaire en anglais pour traduire les propositions tronquées.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• qui a crié ? -- c'est lui who shouted? -- he did or it was him

   e. ► c'est + adjectif it is

• c'est impossible it's impossible

• c'était formidable it was wonderful

• c'est vrai that's true

• ça c'est vrai ! that's true!

• un hôtel pas cher, c'est difficile à trouver it's not easy to find a cheap hotel

• voler, c'est quelque chose que je ne ferai jamais stealing is something I'll never do

   f. (locutions)

► c'est... qui

• c'est le vent qui a emporté la toiture it was the wind that blew the roof off

• c'est eux or ce sont eux qui mentaient they are the ones who were lying

• c'est toi qui le dis ! that's what you say!

• c'est moi qu'on attendait it was me they were waiting for► c'est... que

• c'est une bonne voiture que vous avez là that's a good car you've got there

• c'est ici que je l'ai trouvé this is where I found it

• c'était elle que je voulais rencontrer she was the one I wanted to meet

• ne partez pas, c'est à vous que je veux parler don't go, it's you I want to talk to► c'est que (pour expliquer)

quand il écrit, c'est qu'il a besoin d'argent when he writes, it's because he needs money

• c'est que je le connais bien ! I know him so well!

• c'est qu'elle n'a pas d'argent it's because she has no money ; (exclamatif) but she has no money!► ce n'est pas que

• ce n'est pas qu'il soit beau ! it's not that he's good-looking!► est-ce que ?

• est-ce que c'est vrai ? is it true?

• est-ce que vous saviez ? did you know?

• est-ce que tu m'entends ? can you hear me?

• est-ce que c'est toi qui l'as battu ? was it you who beat him?

• quand est-ce que ce sera réparé ? when will it be fixed?

• où est-ce que tu l'as mis ? where have you put it?► n'est-ce pas ? → n'est-ce pas

► ne serait-ce if only

• ne serait-ce que pour quelques jours if only for a few days

• ne serait-ce que pour nous ennuyer if only to annoy us

5. <

   a. ( = créature) being

• être humain human being

• être vivant living being

   b. ( = individu) person

• les êtres qui nous sont chers our loved ones

• un être cher a loved one

• c'était un être merveilleux he was a wonderful person

* * *

I ɛtʀ
verbe intransitif (+ v avoir)

1)

il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué — even the Antarctic is polluted

il en est de Pierre comme de Paul — it is the same with Pierre as with Paul

voilà ce qu'il en est — ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is

il n'en est rien — this isn't at all the case

il en sera toujours ainsi — it will always be so

il en a été de même — it was the same

qu'en est-il de...? — what's the news on...?

2)

je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant — I'll be with you right away/in a minute

je suis à vous — I'm all yours

être à ce qu'on fait — to have one's mind on what one is doing

elle est toujours à se plaindre — she's always complaining

3)

il n'est plus — euph he's no longer with us

ce temps n'est plus — these days are gone

fût-il duc/en cristal — even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal

n'était leur grand âge — were it not for their advanced age

ne serait-ce qu'en faisant — if only by doing

ne fût-ce qu'un instant — if only for a moment

fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires — if only on humanitarian grounds

••

on ne peut pas être et avoir été — Proverbe you can't stay young forever

••

être I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold

Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire

Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc

être = verbe auxiliaire

de la voix passive

être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais

au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year

au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned

du passé dans les temps composés

être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge

Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant

Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well

être = aller

Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant

Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)

c'est

interrogation

est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?

Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?

est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné

Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?

affirmation

c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?

Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends

De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc

Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...

En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers

c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables

c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose

La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text

c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?

ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher

être = verbe impersonnel

il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining

On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois

il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée

il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

Emplois avec en

en être

Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood

être en

Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate

emplois avec y

j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour

être + prépositions

La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de

être à

Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’

Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante

Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'

Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

être de

Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc

La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction

Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part

Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

II ɛtʀ
nom masculin

1) ( organisme vivant) being

être humain — human being

les êtres animés et inanimés — animate and inanimate things

les êtres et les choses — living things and objects

un être sans défense — a defenceless [BrE] creature

2) ( personne) person

un être d'exception — an exceptional person

un être cher or aimé — a loved one

un être sensible — a sensitive soul

3) ( nature intime) being

de tout son être — with one's whole being

blessé au plus profond de son être — hurt to the core

4) Philosophie

l'être — being

••

être I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant l'existence, l'identité, la localisation, la qualité, être sera traduit par to be: je pense donc je suis = I think therefore I am; le soleil est une étoile = the sun is a star; j'étais chez moi = I was at home; l'eau est froide = the water is cold

Les locutions figées contenant être sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée. Ainsi être en train de/sur le point de/hors de soi etc sont respectivement sous train, point, hors etc; comme si de rien n'était et quoi qu'il en soit sous comme et quoi. De même, les expressions avec si et les questions commençant par que sont traitées sous si et que, à part qu'est-ce à dire?, que l'on trouvera sous dire. Selon le même principe, l'emploi facultatif de étant après considérer comme et présenter comme est traité sous ces verbes; étant donné (que) et étant entendu que sont sous donné et entendu. La plupart des autres emplois de étant se traduisent par being: cela (ou ceci) étant = this being so. En revanche, c'est-à-dire, n'est-ce pas, peut-être et soit sont des entrées à part entière, traitées à leur place dans le dictionnaire

Par ailleurs, on consultera utilement les notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment pour l'expression de l'heure, la date, les nationalités, les professions, les nombres etc

être = verbe auxiliaire

de la voix passive

être auxiliaire de la voix passive se traduit par to be. On notera l'emploi des divers temps en anglais

au présent: où sont les épreuves? elles sont révisées par le traducteur = where are the proofs? they are being revised by the translator; votre voiture est réparée = your car has been repaired; les portes sont repeintes chaque année = the doors are repainted every year

au passé: les épreuves ont été révisées en juin = the proofs were revised in June; les épreuves ont été révisées plusieurs fois = the proofs have been revised several times; les épreuves ont été révisées bien avant ma démission = the proofs had been revised long before I resigned

du passé dans les temps composés

être se traduit par to have si le temps est également composé en anglais - ce qui est beaucoup moins fréquent qu'en français (voir ci-dessus) - sauf avec naître. Dans certains contextes, on peut avoir: elles sont tombées = they have fallen; ils se sont enfuis = they have escaped; elle s'était vengée = she had taken her revenge

Les verbes traduits par une construction passive ou attributive en anglais ( se vendre = to be sold; s'indigner = to be indignant) suivent les mêmes règles au passé: tous les livres se sont vendus = all the books have been sold; elle se serait indignée = she would have been indignant

Noter que la forme pronominale à valeur passive est souvent mieux rendue en anglais par une forme intransitive: les livres se sont bien vendus = the books have sold well

être = aller

Lorsqu'il signifie aller, être se traduit par to be en anglais, mais seulement s'il est directement suivi d'un complément de lieu: je n'ai jamais été en Chine = I've never been to China. Suivi d'un infinitif, il se rend par to go to: il a été voir son ami = he's gone to see his friend; j'ai été manger au restaurant = I went to eat in the restaurant

Dans le sens de s'en aller, on notera les tournures recherchées: ils s'en furent au théâtre = they went to the theatre; ils s'en furent (déçus) = they left (disappointed)

c'est

interrogation

est-ce, ou sa variante plus familière c'est, se traduit généralement par is it: est-ce leur fils/voiture? = is it their son/car?; c'est grave? = is it serious?; c'est toi ou ton frère? = is it you or your brother?

Quand ce garde sa valeur démonstrative, l'anglais précise la référence: est-ce clair? = is that clear?; qui est-ce? ( en montrant une personne) = who is he/she?; et aussi = who is that?; mais, en parlant de quelqu'un qui vous appelle au téléphone, ou à quelqu'un qui frappe à la porte: = who is it?

est-ce n'est généralement pas traduit dans les tournures emphatiques ou permettant d'éviter l'inversion du sujet: est-ce que tu parles russe? = do you speak Russian?; est-ce leur fils, ce garçon? is this boy their son?; qui est-ce qui l'a fait? = who did it?; qui est-ce que tu as rencontré? = who did you meet?; quand/où est-ce que tu manges? = when/where do you eat?; qu'est-ce que c'est? = what is it?, ou, comme vu plus haut, = what is this/that? selon qu'on montre un objet proche ou éloigné

Néanmoins, la tournure emphatique est également possible en anglais dans certaines expressions: qu'est-ce que j'entends? = what's this I hear?; est-ce bien ce qu'il a voulu dire? = is that what he really meant?

affirmation

c'est se traduit, selon les contextes, it is ( it's), this is, that is ( that's): c'est facile ( de critiquer) = it's easy; (ce que tu me demandes, ce travail) = that's easy; c'est moi (réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's me; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = I do; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = I did; (pour me désigner sur une photo, ou comme étant le personnage dont il est question) = that's me ( traduit également ça, c'est moi); c'est Mme Fox (qui téléphone, réponse à ‘qui est-ce?’) = it's Mrs Fox; (réponse à ‘qui le fait?’) = Mrs Fox ou Mrs Fox does; (réponse à ‘qui l'a fait?’) = Mrs Fox did; (que je montre, dont vous voulez parler) = that's Mrs Fox; c'est eux, ce sont eux (qui sont là-bas, que je montre) = it's them; ( qui le font) = they do; ( qui l'ont fait) = they did; ( qui arrivent) = here they are; ce sont mes enfants ( que je vous présente) = these are my children; ( qui sont là-bas) = they are my children; c'est cela = that's right; c'est ça! tu crois que je vais faire le travail tout seul? = what's this! do you think I'm going to do the work all by myself?

Lorsqu'il reprend un nom, un infinitif ou une proposition qui le précède c'est se traduit seulement par is: une étoile, c'est un réacteur nucléaire = a star is a nuclear reactor; réussir, c'est une question de volonté = to succeed is a question of will; sortir par ce temps, c'est de la folie = going out in this weather is sheer madness; eux, ce sont mes amis = they are my friends

De même, lorsque c'est que reprend un groupe nominal ou une proposition, il se traduit simplement par is that: le comique, c'est que... = the funny thing is that... On trouvera en général cette tournure sous l'entrée appropriée, comme comique, fort, importer etc

Lorsque c'est que sert à donner une explication il se rend généralement, et selon le temps, par it is that, it was that, mais aussi, pour insister sur l'explication, par it is/was because: si j'ai fait ça, c'est que je ne pouvais pas faire autrement = if I did that, it was because I couldn't do otherwise. ce n'est pas que se traduit la plupart du temps it is/was not that (la contraction est it's not plutôt que it isn't): ce n'est pas qu'il soit bête, mais... = it's not that he is stupid, but...

En corrélation avec un pronom relatif, c'est peut soit garder sa valeur de présentatif (voir plus haut) et se rendre par that's: c'est le journaliste qui m'a interviewé/que nous avons rencontré/dont je te parlais = that's the journalist who interviewed me/(that) we met/I was telling you about; c'est le château où je suis né = that's the castle where I was born; c'est ce qui me fait croire que... = that's what makes me think that...; c'est justement ce que je disais = that's exactly what I was saying; soit constituer une tournure emphatique qui se rend en anglais selon la nuance: c'est de la même femme que nous parlons = we're talking about the same woman; c'était d'en parler devant elle qui me gênait = talking about it in front of her was what made me feel uneasy ou what made me feel uneasy was talking about it in front of her; c'est lui/Paul qui l'a cassé ( je le dénonce) = he/Paul broke it; ( je l'accuse) = he/Paul is the one who broke it; c'est mon frère qui l'a écrit = it was my brother who wrote it ou my brother's the one who wrote it; c'est de ta soeur que je parlais, pas de toi = it was your sister I was talking about, not you; c'est cette voiture qui m'intéresse = this is the car (that) I am interested in; c'est lui le coupable = he is the culprit; ce sont eux les meurtriers = they are the murderers

c'est à suivi d'un infinitif se traduit parfois par it is suivi de l'adjectif correspondant si cette même transformation est possible en français ( c'est à désespérer = c'est désespérant = it's hopeless), mais c'est rare, et il est conseillé de se reporter à l'infinitif en question ou à l'un des autres termes obtenus à partir de transformations semblables

c'est à... de faire (ou parfois à faire) se traduira de deux manières: c'est à Pierre/lui de choisir ( c'est son tour) it's Pierre's/his turn to choose; ( c'est sa responsabilité) it's up to Pierre/to him to choose

La notion de rivalité contenue dans c'est à qui suivi du futur doit être rendue explicite en anglais: c'est à qui proposera le plus de réformes = each is trying to suggest more reforms than the other; c'était à qui des deux aurait le dernier mot = they were each trying to get in the last word; c'était à qui trouverait le plus d'erreurs dans le texte = they were vying with each other to find the most mistakes in the text

c'est, équivalent de ça fait dans le compte d'une somme, se rend par it is: c'est 200 francs = it's 200 francs; c'est combien? = how much is it?

ce sera avec valeur modale de ce doit être se traduit it must be: ce sera mon professeur de piano = it must be my piano teacher

être = verbe impersonnel

il est facile de critiquer = it is easy to criticize; il serait nécessaire de faire = it would be necessary to do; il est des gens bizarres = there are some strange people; il n'est pas de jour/d'heure sans qu'il se plaigne = not a day/an hour goes by without him complaining

On se référera par ailleurs aux notes d'usage concernant l'heure et la date; voir aussi les entrées temps et fois

il est à suivi d'un infinitif se rend différemment, selon les nuances qu'imposent le contexte, par it must be, it has to be, it should be, it can be suivis du participe passé. Pour plus de sûreté, on se reportera à l'infinitif en question, où cette construction est généralement traitée

il est de suivi d'un substantif ou d'un groupe nominal se rend souvent par it is suivi directement d'un adjectif ou d'un substantif précédé d'un déterminant (article, pronom): il est de coutume de faire (ou qu'on fasse) = it is customary ou the custom to do; il est de notre responsabilité de faire = it is our responsibility to do; mais ce n'est pas une règle absolue, et il est préférable de consulter des entrées telles que goût, règle, notoriété etc pour avoir des traductions adéquates. Voir également 1 Voir également 1 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

Emplois avec en

en être

Certains cas sont traités sous la rubrique ‘être = verbe impersonnel’; d'autres, expressions figées, le sont sous l'entrée appropriée; voir par exemple poche et frais pour en être de sa poche/pour ses frais. Enfin, quand l'antéc édent de en est exprimé dans la phrase, l'expression est traitée plus bas sous être de: où en étais-je? = where was I?; je ne sais plus où j'en suis = I'm lost; où en es-tu de tes recherches? - j'en suis à mi-chemin/au début = how far have you got in your research? - I'm halfway through/at the beginning; elle a eu plusieurs amants/accidents: elle en est à son quatrième = she has had several lovers/accidents: this is her fourth; j'en suis à me demander si... = I'm beginning to wonder whether...; j'en étais à ne pouvoir distinguer le vrai du faux = I got to the point where I couldn't distinguish between truth and falsehood

être en

Suivie d'un substantif représentant un vêtement, l'expression peut être traduite to be in, mais on consultera l'entrée appropriée pour s'en assurer. Si l'on dit to be in uniform ou éventuellement to be wearing a uniform pour être en uniforme, l'anglais préfère généralement to be wearing a suit à to be in a suit pour être en costume (de même pour robe, tailleur etc). Dans le cas d'un déguisement, on a to be dressed up as: être en pirate = to be dressed up as a pirate

emplois avec y

j'y suis ( je vous comprends) = I'm with you; ( plus général mais un peu familier) = I get it; je n'y suis pas ( je ne comprends pas) = I don't get it; vous y êtes? (vous comprenez?) = are you with me?; (vous êtes prêt(e)?) = are you ready?; 20000 francs? vous n'y êtes pas! = 20,000 francs? you're a long way out!; tu n'y es pas, c'est plus compliqué que ça = you don't realize, it's a lot more complicated than that. Voir aussi les entrées y, adverbe de lieu, et pour

être + prépositions

La plupart des cas ( être dans, sur, devant, pour, après, avec etc) sont traités sous la préposition correspondante. Ne sont retenus ici que les cas particuliers de être à et être de

être à

Les cas où l'on peut faire l'ellipse de être ou le remplacer par un autre verbe sont traités sous la préposition à; ceux de en être à sous la rubrique ‘en être’, et ceux de c'est à sous la rubrique ‘c'est’

Les emplois de être à suivi d'un groupe nominal et signifiant ‘tendre vers’ sont généralement traités sous le substantif approprié, comme temps, hausse, agonie etc dans les expressions le temps est à la pluie, être à la hausse, être à l'agonie. De même, quand être à signifie un état, c'est sous le substantif ou adjectif approprié, comme bout, disposition, quai, vif etc, qu'on trouvera la ou les traductions de l'expression correspondante

Suivi d'un infinitif et signifiant devoir être, être à peut généralement se traduire, en observant les mêmes nuances qu'avec devoir, par must be, have to be ou should be suivi du participe passé du verbe anglais. Il reste conseillé de consulter l'infinitif en question, comme plaindre, prendre etc. On en trouve également un traitement succint sous les rubriques ‘être = verbe impersonnel' et ‘c'est'

Au sens de appartenir à, l'anglais utilise to be suivi du cas possessif quand le possesseur est un être animé ou d'un pronom possessif si celui-ci est représent é par un pronom objet. Si le cas possessif n'est pas d'usage, on utilise de préférence to belong to: ce livre est à moi/à mon frère = this book is mine/my brother's; ces dictionnaires sont au service de traduction = these dictionaries belong to the translation department; à qui est ce chien? = who does this dog belong to? ou whose dog is this? Voir 2 ci-dessous pour des exemples supplémentaires

être de

Quand elle exprime un état ou une situation, la tournure être de suivie d'un substantif sans déterminant est traduite sous le substantif en question, notamment avis, garde, service etc. De même, certaines expressions où la présence de déterminant est variable, comme dans être de mauvaise foi/d'une incroyable mauvaise foi sont traitées sous l'entrée appropriée, en l'occurrence, foi; voir aussi humeur, massacrante, poil etc

La construction être d'un/d'une suivie d'un adjectif substantivé ou d'un substantif exprimant une qualité ou un défaut peut généralement être rendue par to be so suivi de l'adjectif correspondant en anglais, si le substantif est seul: elle est d'un ridicule/d'une prétention! = she's so ridiculous/so pretentious!; si le substantif est qualifié, l'adjectif devient généralement un adverbe en anglais: il est d'une exquise courtoisie/d'une incompétence rare = he's exquisitely courteous/exceptionally incompetent; mais il n'est pas inutile de vérifier les traductions des adjectifs et substantifs à leur entrée avant de rendre cette construction

Au sens de participer à, faire partie de, la tournure être de se traduit de façon très variable (voir aussi partie): il est des nôtres ( il vient avec nous) = he's with us; (il est de notre clan, agit et pense comme nous) = he's one of us; serez-vous des nôtres? = will you be (coming) with us?; êtes-vous des nôtres? = are you coming with us? (ici, coming est nécessaire, pour éviter l'ambiguïté de are you with us?); les journalistes ne sont pas/ne seront pas du voyage = the journalists aren't coming/won't be coming on the trip; ils ont organisé une expédition mais je n'en étais pas = they organized an expedition but I wasn't part of it; il y avait un congrès mais il n'en était pas = there was a congress but he didn't take part

Suivi d'un infinitif et précédé de noms abstraits avec l'article défini ( l'idéal, l'essentiel etc) ou de superlatifs ( le plus simple), être de se traduit généralement par to be suivi de l'infinitif avec to: le plus simple serait de tout recommencer = the simplest thing to do would be to start all over again

* * *
ɛtʀ
1. nm

being

être humain — human being

2. vb (avec attribut)

1) (état, description) to be

Il est instituteur. — He's a teacher.

Vous êtes grand. — You're tall.

Vous êtes fatigué. — You're tired.

Je suis heureux. — I'm happy.

C'est moi! — It's me!

2) (appartenance)

être à qn — to be sb's, to belong to sb

Ce livre est à Paul. — This book is Paul's., This book belongs to Paul.

C'est à moi. — It's mine.

C'est à eux. — It's theirs.

C'est à lui de le faire. — It's up to him to do it.

3) (origine)

être de — to be from

Il est de Paris. — He is from Paris.

Il est des nôtres. — He is one of us.

4) (obligation, but)

être à (+ infinitif) C'est à réparer. — It needs repairing.

C'est à essayer. — You should try it.

Il est à espérer que... — It is to be hoped that...

3. vi

1) (= se trouver) to be

Je ne serai pas ici demain. — I won't be here tomorrow.

2) (date)

Nous sommes le 10 janvier. — It's the 10th of January., Today is the 10th of January.

3) (= faire partie) to be

être de ceux qui... — to be one of those who...

Il voulait en être. — He wanted to be part of it.

4) (= exister) to be

être ou ne pas être... — to be or not to be...

5) (autres locutions)

en être à qch (= avoir atteint) — to have got to sth, to have got as far as sth, (= être réduit à) to be reduced to sth

Nous en étions au dessert. — We had got to the dessert., We had got as far as dessert.

Il en est à faire des ménages pour vivre. — He's been reduced to doing cleaning jobs to earn a living.

en être pour ses frais — to get nothing for one's trouble

4. vb aux

1) (dans verbes composés) to have

être arrivé — to have arrived

être allé — to have gone

Il est parti. — He has left., He has gone.

Il n'est pas encore arrivé. — He hasn't arrived yet.

2) (forme passive) to be

être fait par — to be made by

Il a été promu. — He has been promoted.

5. vb impers

1) (avec attribut)

il est... — it is...

Il est impossible de le faire. — It's impossible to do it.

2) (pour dire l'heure)

Il est 10 heures. — It's 10 o'clock.

See:

est-ce que,

n'est-ce pas,

c'est-à-dire,

ce

* * *

I.

être ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: être vi

1 il n'est pas jusqu'à l'Antarctique qui ne soit pollué even the Antarctic is polluted; il en est de Pierre comme de Paul it is the same with Pierre as with Paul; voilà ce qu'il en est ( présentation) this is how it is; ( conclusion) that's how it is; il n'en est rien this isn't at all the case; il en sera toujours ainsi it will always be so; il en a été de même it was the same; qu'en est-il de…? what's the news on…?;

2 je suis à vous tout de suite/dans un instant I'll be with you right away/in a minute; je suis à vous I'm all yours; être à ce qu'on fait to have one's mind on what one is doing; elle est toujours à se plaindre she's always complaining;

3 il n'est plus euph he's no longer with us; ce temps n'est plus those days are gone; ces traditions ne sont plus these traditions are things of the past; fût-il duc/en cristal even if he were a duke/it were made of crystal, even were he a duke/were it made of crystal; n'était leur grand âge were it not for their advanced age, if it were not for their advanced age; ne serait-ce qu'en faisant if only by doing; ne fût-ce que pour la soulager/qu'un instant if only to relieve her/for a moment; fût-ce pour des raisons humanitaires if only on humanitarian grounds.

Idiome

on ne peut pas être et avoir été Prov you can't stay young forever.

II.

être nm

1 ( organisme vivant) being; être humain/vivant/surnaturel human/living/supernatural being; les êtres animés et inanimés animate and inanimate things; les êtres et les choses living things and objects; un être sans défense a defenceless^GB creature; ces plantes sont des êtres inférieurs these plants are inferior life-forms;

2 ( personne) person; un être d'exception an exceptional person; un être faible et timoré a weak and timorous person; les êtres qui doutent people who doubt; l'amitié entre deux êtres friendship between two people; un être cher or aimé a loved one; ce sont des êtres simples they're simple beings ou souls; son mari est un être sensible her husband is a sensitive soul;

3 ( nature intime) being; de tout son être [détester, souhaiter] with one's whole being; au fond de son être, elle savait que in the core of her being, she knew that; blessé au plus profond de son être hurt to the core; les êtres contradictoires qui vous habitent the conflicting selves within you;

4 Philos l'être being.

I

[ɛtr] nom masculin

1. BIOLOGIE & PHILOSOPHIE being

l'être PHILOSOPHIE being

être humain human being

être de raison rational being

être vivant living thing

2. RELIGION

l'être éternel ou infini ou suprême the Supreme Being

3. [personne] person

un être cher a loved one

4. [cœur, âme] being, heart, soul

je le crois de tout mon être I believe it with all my heart

II

[ɛtr] verbe intransitif

A.[EXPRIME L'EXISTENCE, LA RÉALITÉ]

1. [exister] to be, to exist

ne nie pas ce qui est don't deny the facts

si Dieu est if God exists

si cela est if (it is) so

mon fils n'est plus (littéraire) my son is no more (littéraire) ou has died ou passed away

la nounou la plus patiente qui soit the most patient nanny that ever was ou in the world

le plus petit ordinateur qui soit the tiniest computer ever

être ou ne pas être to be or not to be

on ne peut pas être et avoir été you only live once

2. MATHÉMATIQUES

soit une droite AB let AB be a straight line

B.[RELIE L'ATTRIBUT, LE COMPLÉMENT AU SUJET]

1. [suivi d'un attribut] to be

elle est professeur she's a teacher

je ne te le prêterai pas! — comment ou comme tu es! (familier) I won't lend it to you! — you see what you're like!

je suis comme je suis I am what I am

Bruno/ce rôle est tout pour moi Bruno/this part means everything to me

elle n'est plus rien pour lui she no longer matters to him

elle n'est plus ce qu'elle était she's not what she used to be

qui était-ce? who was it?

2. [suivi d'une préposition]

être à [se trouver à]: être à l'hôpital to be in hospital

je suis à la gare I'm at the station

cela fait longtemps que je ne suis plus à Paris I left Paris a long time ago

j'y suis, j'y reste here I am and here I stay

je n'y suis pour personne

a. [à la maison] I'm not at home for anyone

b. [au bureau] I won't see anybody

je suis à vous dans un instant I'll be with you in a moment

je suis à vous [je vous écoute] I'm all yours

la Sardaigne est au sud de la Corse Sardinia is (situated) south of Corsica

tout le monde est à la page 15/au chapitre 9? is everybody at page 15/chapter 9?

vous êtes (bien) au 01.40.06.24.08 this is 01 40 06 24 08

nous ne sommes qu'au début du tournoi the tournament has just started

être à [appartenir à]: ce livre est à moi the book's mine

être à [être occupé à]: il est tout à son travail he's busy with his work

être à [être en train de]: il est toujours à me questionner he's always asking me questions

être de [provenir de] to be from, to come from

être de [dater de]: l'église est du XVI^e the church is from ou dates back to the 16th century

la lettre est du 12 the letter's dated the 12th

les œufs sont d'hier the eggs were laid yesterday

être de [appartenir à] to belong to, to be a member of

Bruno est de sa famille Bruno is a member of her family ou is a relative of hers

être de [participer à]: je suis de mariage le mois prochain I've got (to go to) a wedding next month

qui est de corvée de vaisselle? who's on washing-up duty?

être de [se joindre à]: acceptez-vous d'être (un) des nôtres? would you care to join us?

être en [lieu]: être en prison/en France to be in prison/in France

être en [matériau]: la table est en chêne the table is made of oak

être en [pour exprimer l'état]: être en bonne santé to be in good health

les dossiers qui sont en attente the pending files

être sans: vous n'êtes pas sans savoir que... I'm sure you're aware that...

en être à: le projet n'en est qu'au début the project has only just started

où en es-tu avec Michel? how is it going with Michel?

j'en suis au moment où il découvre le trésor I've got to the part ou the bit where he discovers the treasure

où en étais-je? [après une interruption dans une conversation] where was I ?

où en sont les travaux? how's the work coming along?

en être à faire quelque chose: j'en suis à me demander si... I'm beginning to wonder if...

tu en es encore à lui chercher des excuses! — oh non, je n'en suis plus là! you're still trying to find excuses for him! — oh no, I'm past that!

ne plus savoir où l'on en est: je ne sais plus du tout où j'en suis dans tous ces calculs I don't know where I am any more with all these calculations

j'ai besoin de faire le point, je ne sais plus où j'en suis I've got to take stock, I've completely lost track of everything

y être [être prêt]: tout le monde y est? is everyone ready?

y être [comprendre]: tu te souviens bien de Marie, une petite brune! — ah, oui, j'y suis maintenant! but you must remember Marie, a brunette! — oh yes, I'm with you now!

je n'y suis pas du tout! I'm lost!

mais non, vous n'y êtes pas du tout! you don't understand!

en être (familier) , être de ceux-là (familier) [être homosexuel] to be one of them

3. [dans l'expression du temps] to be

nous sommes le 8/jeudi today is the 8th/Thursday

quel jour sommes-nous? what day is it today?

on était en avril it was April

C.[SUBSTITUT DE ALLER, PARTIR] to go

tu y as déjà été? have you already been there?

elle s'en fut lui porter la lettre (littéraire) she went to take him the letter

————————

[ɛtr] verbe impersonnel

1. [exister]

il est [il y a] (suivi d'un singulier) there is

(suivi d'un pluriel) there are

il était une fois un prince... once (upon a time) there was a prince...

s'il en est: un escroc s'il en est a crook if ever there was one

2. [pour exprimer l'heure]

il est 5 h it's 5 o'clock

quelle heure est-il? what time is it?

3. (soutenu & locution)

il en est ainsi de toutes les démocraties that's how it is in all democracies

on a dit que vous vouliez démissionner — il n'en est rien it was rumoured you wanted to resign — that's not true

il n'est que de: il n'est que de lire les journaux pour s'en rendre compte you only have to read the newspapers to be aware of it

————————

[ɛtr] verbe auxiliaire

1. [sert à former les temps composés]

je suis/j'étais descendu I came/had come down

serais-tu resté? would you have stayed?

2. [sert à former le passif]

des arbres ont été déterrés par la tempête trees were uprooted during the storm

3. [sert à exprimer une obligation]

ce dossier est à préparer pour lundi the file must be ready for Monday

cela est à prouver we have no proof of that yet

cela étant locution adverbiale

[dans ces circonstances] things being what they are

[cela dit] having said that

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > être

4 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

5 على

عَلَى \ against: touching (usually sth. upright): The rain beat against the window. He pressed his nose against the glass. on: showing where sb. or sth. is placed: He lay on his back on the bed. The picture hung on a nail on the wall. Your name is on the list. He hit me on the nose. The boat is on the river (in the water). The house is on the river (beside the water), as in the previous meaning, but with movement (often with to) He jumped on (to) his horse. The book fell on (to) the floor. onto: on to: He sprang onto the table. over: lying across; resting on; covering: A cloud was over the sun. She spread a cloth over the table, across the surface of Ships sail over the sea, above (in rank, etc.) He rules over a proud people, about; concerning They quarrelled over the resutl of the race. You need not hurry over your dinner. upon: on. \ عَلَى \ on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea; on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. \ See Also نَحْوَ البَرّ، اليابسة (اليَابِسَة)‏ \ عَلَى \ ashore: on or to the shore: Sailors are unhappy ashore. We swam ashore from the boat. on shore, ashore: on dry land; not on the sea. \ See Also نَحْوَ الشّاطِئ \ عَلَى اتِّصَال (عكس مُنْقَطع عن)‏ \ in touch: (the opposite is out of touch) giving or receiving news: I’ve been in touch with my brother by telephone. The radio keeps us in touch with world events. \ عَلَى أتَمّ ما يكُون من التَّرتيب والهِنْدام \ spick and span: (as a predic. phrase) neat, clean and bright: Sailors usually keep their boats spick and span. \ عَلَى الأَثير \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى أَحْسَن وَجْه \ best, well, better: in the best way: Peter played best last week. \ عَلَى أرْبَع \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle. \ عَلَى الأرض \ over: from an upright (or straight) position to a flat (or bent) position: I fell over. He knocked me over. She bent over to pick it up. \ عَلَى استعداد \ content: willing: I’m content to wait for my turn. \ عَلَى أشُدِّه \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى الإطلاق \ little: (coming just before the verb) not at all: I little knew (or Little did I know) that next day he would be dead. not in the least: not at all: It doesn’t matter in the least. whatever: at all: I have no money whatever. whatsoever: a strong form of whatever; at all: Tell him nothing whatsoever!. \ عَلَى الأَغْلَب \ for the most part: mostly: He is old and for the most part he stays at home. \ عَلَى أَقْصَى ما تستطيع رؤيتَه \ in the distance: far away (from the point where one is): In the distance he could see the mountains. \ عَلَى الأَقَلّ \ a good: (with numbers) at least: He lives a good 3 miles away. at least: (showing that sth. is true, necessary, etc., even if sth. else is not) in spite of what has just been said or is just going to be said: He may be lazy but at least he’s honest. You can at least be polite even if you don’t like him, not less than It cost at least $100. quite: at least; not less than: The journey took quite three hours. \ عَلَى الأَكثَر \ largely: mostly: The accident was largely his own fault. mainly: chiefly; mostly. \ عَلَى انفِراد \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private. \ عَلَى أُهْبَة الاستعداد \ stand by: to be ready, in case one may be needed: The soldiers were told to stand by. \ عَلَى أَيّ حال \ anyhow: in any case: I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. anyway: in any case: I may be late; anyway, don’t wait for me, in any case I don’t really need this; anyhow, it costs too much. at all events, in any event: in any case; whatever may happen or has happened: He didn’t win but, at all events, he did try hard. at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. in any case: no matter what else may be considered, anyhow: It costs too much. In any case, I don’t really need it. \ عَلَى أيَّة حال \ all the same, at the same time: (only at the start of a sentence; comparing points that are for and against) in spite of this: He’s not clever; all the same, he does try hard. however: all the same; in spite of what has just been said: I’m very tired; however, I’ll come and help you. \ عَلَى بُعد \ away: at a distance: Brighton is 60 miles away. Keep away from the wet paint. beyond: further; on or to the farther side: I looked across the river to the hills beyond. \ عَلَى التَّخْصِيص \ in particular: especially: I enjoyed his first song in particular. \ عَلَى التَّوَالي \ respectively: separately, in that order: Boys and girls will be examined on Monday and Tuesday respectively (the boys on Monday, the girls on Tuesday). \ عَلَى جَانِب \ up: along (up and down are both used like this, although the course may be quite level): He lives just up the road. \ عَلَى الجميع \ round: to everyone: He handed the coffee round. There were not enough cups to go round. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ \ as far as, so far as: (showing a limit): As far as I know, he’s not here. \ عَلَى حَدٍّ سَواء \ alike: in the same way: He treats us all alike. \ عَلَى حَدِّ عِلْمي \ to the best knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, he is honest (I have no reason to doubt his honesty). \ عَلَى حِدَة \ private: (only in the phrase in private) privately; where nobody can hear except those concerned: May I speak to you in private?. separate: not joined or shared; apart: Keep the new milk separate from the old. \ عَلَى حَقّ (مُحِقّ)‏ \ be in the right: not be at fault: Although they said she’d made a mistake, they discovered she was in the right. \ عَلَى حِين غِرَّة \ all of a sudden: in a sudden manner. suddenly: in a sudden manner: The door opened suddenly. \ عَلَى خَطَأ \ in the wrong: mistaken (in one’s judgement, behaviour etc.). \ عَلَى الدَّوام \ always: at all times. \ عَلَى رؤوس الأصابِع \ on tiptoe: on the tips of one’s toes: I can reach that if I stand on tiptoe. \ عَلَى الرّاجح \ likely: (usu. with very, most, more or quite) probably: She’s very likely right. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِن \ despite: in spite of: Despite his age, the old man walks several miles every day. for all: in spite of: For all his strength, he could not lift it. much as: although: Much as I admire him, I could not work with him. spite, in spite of: (of sth. that fails) even with: In spite of his efforts, he could not save her life, without regard to; not caring about (a difficulty) In spite of his illness, he attended the ceremony. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم مِنْ أَنَّ \ although: in spite of the fact that; (without a verb) in spite of being: Although (he was) ill, he went to work. \ عَلَى الرُّغْم من ذلك \ even so: in spite of that: He may be foolish; even so, you should help him. just the same: (showing one thing that is not the natural result of another) in spite of this: He’s a thief, but I like him just the same. nevertheless: in spite of that: I told him it would be dangerous, but nevertheless he did it. still: in spite of that: We rarely win; but still, we enjoy playing. \ عَلَى سَبيل المِثال \ for instance: as an example: He’s often late. Yesterday, for instance, he came home after midnight. \ عَلَى السَّطح كلِّه \ over: (esp. with all) across a surface: The table was wet all over. He rubbed it over with a dry cloth. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. I soon drew level with the leading runner. \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة \ flush: exactly on a level with; not sticking out from; meeting exactly at the edges: The door is flush with the wall when it is closed. \ See Also مستوى (مُسْتَوًى)‏ \ عَلَى سَوِيَّة واحدة \ even: equal: The table legs were not of even length. He shared the money evenly among them. \ عَلَى شاكِلَة \ like: the same as: What is he like (in appearance and character)? He’s just like his father., What does it feel (or look or taste or smell or sound) like?. in the same way as:: He swims like a fish. \ عَلَى شَرْط \ provide (that), also providing (that): if; on condition that: I’ll go, provided (that) you’ll go too. \ عَلَى شَفَا \ on the brink of: close to (sth. dangerous or exciting): on the brink of war. on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. on one’s last legs: (of a person or thing) not expected to last much longer; worn out; almost in ruins: That company is on its last legs. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ See Also شفير (الموت أو الإفلاس، إلخ)، عَلى وَشْك \ عَلَى صَهْوَةِ الجَوَاد \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ضِغْن \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ See Also على غير رَغْبَة \ عَلَى طُولِ \ along: following the line of: He ran along the road. down: along (without regard to level): We raced down the street. My friend lives just down the road. \ عَلَى ظَهْر \ on deck: on an uncovered deck, in the open air. \ See Also سَطْح السفينة \ عَلَى ظَهْر الحِصان \ on horseback: on a horse: He travelled on horseback. \ عَلَى ظَهْر السَّفينة \ on board: on (or on to) a ship or aeroplane: There are 70 men on board. Can I go on board the aircraft?. \ عَلَى ظَهْر الصَّفْحَة \ overleaf: on the back of the page: Please fill in this paper, and sign your name overleaf. \ عَلَى عَرْض \ across: over; from one side to the other of: He ran across the street. There is a bridge across the stream. \ عَلَى العَكْس \ on the contrary: (expressing disagreement) the opposite is true: It’s not worn out - on the contrary, it’s quite new. \ عَلَى عِلْم بِـ \ familiar with: knowing; accustomed to: I’m not familiar with English law. \ عَلَى عُلُوّ \ high: (in compounds) to the height of: The grass was waist-high. \ عَلَى الغالِب \ probably: almost certainly; with little doubt: You’re probably right. \ عَلَى غَيْر انتظار \ surprisingly: unexpectedly: a surprisingly good result. \ عَلَى غَيْر رَغْبَة \ grudgingly: unwillingly. \ عَلَى غَيْر هُدًى \ adrift: (of boats) loose; floating about with no control: Our ship was wrecked and we were left adrift in a small boat on the ocean. \ عَلَى فَتَرات مُنْتَظِمة \ periodically: from time to time. \ عَلَى فَرض أنّ \ (conj.) supposing: if: Supposing he’s late, shall we wait for him? Even supposing the lorry comes, it will still be too late. \ عَلَى الفِطْرة \ na]ve: too simple to be sensible; lacking wisdom and experience: a na]ve question; a na]ve young girl. \ عَلَى فِكْرَة \ by the way: used to show that the speaker is about to change the subject: Thank you for your help. By the way, would you like to come to our party next week?. \ عَلَى الفَوْر \ directly: at once: He arrived directly after me. instantly: at once. off-hand: without thought or preparation: I can’t say off-hand what it cost, but it was over $1000. \ عَلَى قافية واحدة \ rhyme: (of word endings) to have the same sound: ‘Consideration’ rhymes with ‘nation’, ‘Port’ rhymes with ‘thought’. ‘Pleasure’ rhymes with ‘measure’ but not with ‘pressure’. \ عَلَى قَدْر \ according to: in the proper way for; depending on: Each man was paid according to his skill. \ عَلَى قَدَم وَسَاق \ in full swing: (of an activity) at its highest point; very busy: The party was in full swing when I arrived. \ عَلَى قَيْد الحَيَاة \ alive: living: He was buried alive when part of a cliff fell on him. \ عَلَى كُلّ حال \ at any rate: at least; in any case: He wasn’t there; at any rate, I don’t think he was. I may not succeed; but I’ll try, at any rate. \ عَلَى مَا يَبْدُو \ apparently: it seems (from what people say): I thought she was 15, but apparently is older. \ عَلَى ما يَصِل إليه عِلْمي \ to the best of my knowledge: as far as I know: To the best of my knowledge, my son has never met her. \ See Also على مَبْلَغ علمي \ عَلَى المَدَى الطَّويل \ in the long run: after a period of time; in the end: It’ll be cheaper in the long run to buy good quality shoes. \ عَلَى مسؤوليَّته الشخصيّة \ at one’s own risk: agreeing that any troube will be one’s own fault: The bridge is unsafe but you can cross it at your own risk. \ عَلَى مسافة قريبة مِن \ off: a short distance from: an island off the English coast. \ عَلَى مُسْتَوًى \ level: equal in height or position: His eyes were level with my shoulder. \ عَلَى مِصْرَاعَيْه (فَتَحَ الباب)‏ \ wide: (with open) fully: open the door wide. Leave it wide open. \ عَلَى نَحْو مماثِل \ similarly: in the same way: They were similarly dressed. \ عَلَى نَسَق \ on the lines of: in the general form of: We’re planning some sports on the lines of the Olympic Games, but for schoolboys only. \ عَلَى نَفْس الوَتيرة \ even: (of movement) regular; steady: Her heart was not beating evenly. \ عَلَى نَوبات \ fits and starts: in short bursts; starting and stopping: The engine only goes in fits and starts. \ See Also فترات \ عَلَى هذا المُعَدَّل \ at that rate: if those conditions continue: He keeps stopping for a rest; at that rate, he won’t finish the job today. \ عَلَى هذا النَّحْو \ so: in this way; in that way: Don’t shout so!. thus: in this way. \ عَلَى الهَوَاء \ on the air: being sent out on the radio or television. \ عَلَى وَتِيرَة واحدة \ monotonous: (of a voice, a job, a way of life, etc.) dull, never changing and therefore uninteresting. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ \ unusually: (with an adj.) very; strangely: It is unusually cold in here today. \ See Also بشكل غير عاديّ \ عَلَى وَجْهِ التَّقْريب \ roughly: (with numbers and amounts) not exactly; about: roughly 50 trees; roughly a mile away. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ الخُصُوص \ particularly: especially: a particularly nasty smell. \ عَلَى الوَجهِ الصحيح \ duly: properly; as expected: The bill was duly paid. The train duly arrived. \ عَلَى وَجْهِ العُمُوم \ in general: in most cases: Men in general are taller than women. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ ما \ somehow: in some way or other, by some means or other: I’ll pay for it somehow, even if I have to ask someone to lend me the money. \ عَلَى وَجْهٍ مُسْتَهْجَن \ oddly: strangely: She behaved very oddly last night. \ عَلَى مِقْدار عِلْمي \ for all I know: as far as I know: For all I know, you may have stolen this. \ عَلَى مَقْرُبةٍ \ near: close to, in position: His house is near my own. \ عَلَى مَقرُبة مِن \ about: around; near There’s a lot of illness about. I went out early, when no one was about (when no one else was out). \ عَلَى مَهْل \ leisurely: without haste: He likes a leisurely walk in the evening. \ عَلَى نَحْو أسوأ \ worse: more bad; more badly: Murder is worse than stealing. It is a worse crime. You write even worse than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ أَفْضَل \ better, well, best: in a better way: He drives better than I do. \ عَلَى نَحْو تامّ \ strictly: exactly: Strictly speaking (If I tell you the exact truth) this ticket is out of date; but I’ll let you travel with it. \ See Also كامل (كامِل)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْو خَطير \ badly: seriously: He was badly wounded. \ عَلَى نَحْو رَخْو \ loosely: in a loose way: a loosely tied knot. \ See Also غير مُحْكَم \ عَلَى نَحْو رَدِيء \ badly: in a bad manner: badly dressed; badly made. \ عَلَى نَحْو صارم \ strictly: very firmly: Smoking in this cinema is strictly forbidden. \ See Also دَقيق \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ right: correctly: You guessed right. \ عَلَى نَحْو صَحيح \ rightly: justly; correctly: You acted rightly. \ See Also ملائم (مُلائم)‏ \ عَلَى نَحْوٍ كَامِل \ absolutely: without conditions: You must agree absolutely and not to try to change matters later. \ عَلَى نَحو مألوف \ ordinarily: usually. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُرْضٍ \ well: (the adv. form of the adj. good; see better, best) in a good and pleasing way: Well done! You played very well. \ عَلَى نَحْو مُلحّ \ badly: (with need, want) very much: They need money badly. \ عَلَى وَشْك \ on the point of doing sth.: starting to do sth.: I was on the point of telephoning you, when I got your letter. \ عَلَى وَشْك أَنْ \ be about to do sth.: to be ready to do it; be just going to do it: I was about to go when he arrived. on the verge of: close to: She was on the verge of tears. \ عَلَى يَد (مِن قِبَل)‏ \ by: (showing who or what did sth.): He was bitten by a dog. \ عَلَى اليدين والرِّجلين \ on all fours: on hands and knees: She went down on all fours to look for the needle.

Arabic-English dictionary > على

6 façon

façon [fasɔ̃]

1. feminine noun

   a. ( = manière) way

• il s'y prend d'une façon curieuse he has a strange way of going about things

• sa façon d'agir the way he behaves

• je le ferai à ma façon I'll do it my own way

• c'est une façon de parler it's just a figure of speech

• je vais lui dire ma façon de penser I'll tell him what I think about it

• c'est une façon de voir it's one way of looking at things

• d'une certaine façon in a way

• d'une façon générale generally speaking

• d'une façon ou d'une autre one way or another

• en aucune façon in no way

• de telle façon que... in such a way that...

► de façon à

• de façon à ne pas le déranger so as not to disturb him

• de façon à ce qu'il puisse regarder so that he can watch► sans façon

• accepter sans façon to accept without any fuss

• merci, sans façon no thanks, really► de toute façon in any case

   b. ( = fabrication) making ; ( = facture) workmanship ; [de vêtement] cut

2. plural feminine noun

façons manners

• en voilà des façons ! what a way to behave!

• faire des façons to make a fuss

* * *
fasɔ̃
1.

nom féminin

1) ( manière) way

la façon dont tu manges — the way you eat

d'une façon ou d'une autre — one way or another

c'est une façon comme une autre de faire — it's one way of doing

d'une certaine façon — in a way

de toute façon, de toutes les façons — anyway

de toutes les façons possibles — in every possible way

agir de la même façon — to do the same

de telle façon que personne n'a compris — so that nobody understood

de façon inattendue — unexpectedly

à ma façon — my (own) way

à la façon de — like

de façon à faire — ( en vue de) in order to do; ( de telle manière que) in such a way as to do

de façon (à ce) qu'elle fasse — so (that) she does

elle nous a joué un tour à sa façon — she played a trick of her own on us

je vais leur dire ma façon de penser — I'll tell them exactly what I think

cette façon de faire ne te/leur ressemble pas — that's not like you/them

façon de parler — so to speak

de quelle façon est-il tombé? — how did he fall?

2) ( imitation)

un peigne façon ivoire — an imitation ivory comb

sac façon sellier — saddle-stitched bag

doublure façon soie — silk-look lining

3) ( style) style

spectacle façon années 70 — 70's-style show

4) ( main-d'œuvre)

on m'a donné le tissu et j'ai payé la façon — the cloth was a present and I paid for the making-up

travailler à façon — to work to order ( with supplied materials)

2.

façons nom féminin pluriel

1) ( attitude)

tes façons me déplaisent — I don't like the way you behave

en voilà des façons! — what a way to behave!

2) ( excès de politesse)

faire des façons — to stand on ceremony

sans façons — [repas] informal; [personne] unpretentious

non merci, sans façons — no thank you, really

* * *
fasɔ̃
1. nf

1) (= manière) way

d'une autre façon — in another way

en aucune façon — in no way

de quelle façon? — in what way?

de façon à faire — so as to do

de façon à ce que; de telle façon que — so that

de toute façon — anyway, in any case

c'est une façon de parler — that's one way of putting it

2) COUTURE (= confection) making-up, (coupe, forme) cut

travail à façon — tailoring

3) (= imitation)

châle façon cachemire — cashmere-style shawl

4) (= complication)

sans façon — without fuss

merci, sans façon — no really, thanks

2. façons nfpl

péjoratif fuss sg

faire des façons (= des histoires) — to make a fuss, (= des chichis) to stand on ceremony

* * *

façon

A nf

1 ( manière) way; la seule/meilleure façon de faire the only/best way to do; la bonne façon de s'y prendre the right way to go about it; la façon dont tu manges, ta façon de manger the way you eat; de cette façon that way; de plusieurs/différentes façons in several/various ways; d'une autre façon in another way, differently; d'une façon ou d'une autre one way or another; c'est une façon comme une autre de faire it's one way of doing; d'une certaine façon in a way; de toute façon, de toutes les façons anyway; de toutes les façons possibles in every possible way; de la même façon in the same way (que as); à peu près de la même façon in much the same way (que as); agir de la même façon to do the same; de la façon suivante in the following way; il a une façon bien à lui he's got his own particular way of doing things; il a une drôle de façon de voir/faire les choses he has a funny way of looking at/doing things; en voilà une façon de travailler! what a way to work!; de telle façon que personne n'a compris so that nobody understood; en aucune façon in no way; de façon décisive in a decisive way, decisively; de façon inattendue in an unexpected way, unexpectedly; à ma/ta/leur façon my/your/their (own) way; à la façon de like; vivre à la façon des Espagnols to live as they do in Spain; fabriqué de façon artisanale made by craftsmen; de façon à faire ( en vue de) in order to do; ( de telle manière que) in such a way as to do; de façon (à ce) qu'elle fasse so (that) she does; de façon qu'on puisse arriver à l'heure so (that) we can arrive on time; elle nous a joué un tour de sa façon she played a trick of her own on us; elle nous a préparé une salade de sa façon she made us one of her special salads; je vais leur dire ma façon de penser I'll tell them exactly what I think; cette façon de faire ne te/leur ressemble pas that's not like you/them; façon de parler so to speak; de quelle façon est-il tombé/a-t-il procédé? how did he fall/proceed?; ⇒ général A 2;

2 ( imitation) un peigne façon ivoire an imitation ivory comb; sac façon sellier saddle-stitched bag; doublure façon soie silk-look lining;

3 ( style) style; spectacle façon années 70 a 70's-style show; façon Einstein/Hollywood Einstein-/Hollywood-style;

4 ( main-d'œuvre) on m'a donné le tissu et j'ai payé la façon the cloth was a present and I paid for the making-up; c'est du tissu de bonne qualité mais la façon est médiocre the material is good but the garment is badly made; travailler à façon [personne, atelier] to work to order (with supplied materials); ‘travaux à façon’ ( vêtements féminins) ‘dressmaking’; ( vêtements masculins) ‘tailoring’.

B façons nfpl

1 ( attitude) tes façons me déplaisent I don't like the way you behave; en voilà des façons! what a way to behave!;

2 ( excès de politesse) faire des façons to stand on ceremony; ne faites pas tant de façons don't stand on ceremony; sans façon(s) [repas] informal; [personne] unpretentious; il a accepté sans façons he accepted with alacrity; non merci, sans façons no thank you, really.

[fasɔ̃] nom féminin

1. [manière] manner, way

la phrase peut se comprendre de plusieurs façons the sentence can be interpreted in several ways

demande-lui de quelle façon il compte payer ask him how he wishes to pay

je n'aime pas la façon dont il me parle I don't like the way he talks ou his way of talking to me

pourquoi criez-vous de telle façon? why are you shouting like that?

d'une façon désordonnée in a disorderly fashion

d'une façon générale generally speaking

de façon systématique systematically

sa façon d'être the way he is

ce n'est qu'une façon de parler ou dire it's just a manner of speaking

généreux, façon de parler, il ne m'a jamais donné un centime! (familier) generous, that's a funny way of putting it, he never gave me a penny!

je vais lui dire ma façon de penser, moi! I'll give him a piece of my mind!

ça dépend de ta façon de voir les choses it depends on your way of looking at things ou on how you lode at things

ils n'ont pas les mêmes façons de voir they see things differently

2. [moyen] way

pour obtenir son accord, il n'y a qu'une seule façon de s'y prendre there's only one way to get him to agree

3. [fabrication] making, fashioning

[facture] craftsmanship, workmanship

[main-d'œuvre] labour

4. COUTURE [vêtement] cut

de bonne façon well-made, (beautifully) tailored

5. (suivi d'un nom) [qui rappelle]

une nappe façon grand-mère a tablecloth like Grandma used to have

[imitant]

façon marbre/bois imitation marble/wood

————————

façons nom féminin pluriel

[manières] manners, behaviour

en voilà des façons! manners!, what a way to behave!

faire des façons

a. [se faire prier] to make a fuss

b. [se pavaner] to put on airs

sans plus de façons without further ado

————————

à façon locution adjectivale

[artisan] jobbing

[travail] contract (modificateur)

centre de traitement ou travail à façon INFORMATIQUE data processing ou computer ou service bureau

————————

à la façon de locution prépositionnelle

like, in the manner of

elle portait le paquet sur la tête, un peu à la façon d'une Africaine she was carrying the parcel on top of her head, much like an African woman would

————————

à ma façon locution adjectivale,

à sa façon etc. locution adjectivale

une recette à ma/ta façon a recipe of mine/yours

un tour à sa façon one of his tricks

————————

à ma façon locution adverbiale,

à sa façon etc. locution adverbiale

chante-le à ta façon sing it your way ou any way you like

de cette façon locution adverbiale

1. [comme cela] (in) this way, thus, in this manner

2. [par conséquent] that way

de façon à locution prépositionnelle

so as to, in order to

j'ai fermé la fenêtre de façon à éviter les courants d'air I shut the window in order to prevent draughts

de façon (à ce) que locution conjonctive

so that

il s'est levé de bonne heure de façon à ce que tout soit prêt he got up early so that everything would be ready in time

————————

de la même façon locution adverbiale

in the same way

————————

de la même façon que locution conjonctive

like, as, in the same (way) as

————————

de ma façon locution adjectivale,

de sa façon etc. locution adjectivale

une recette de ma/ta façon a recipe of mine/yours

un tour de sa façon one of his tricks

————————

de telle façon que locution conjonctive

so that, in such a way that

de toute façon locution adverbiale,

de toutes les façons locution adverbiale

anyway, in any case

d'une certaine façon locution adverbiale

in a way, in a manner of speaking, so to speak

d'une façon ou d'une autre locution adverbiale

somehow

————————

sans façon(s) locution adjectivale

[style] simple, unadorned

[cuisine] plain

[personne] simple

————————

sans façon(s) locution adverbiale

1. [familièrement]

elle m'a pris le bras sans façon ou façons she took my arm quite naturally

2. [non merci] no thank you

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > façon

7 avoir

avoir [avwaʀ]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. auxiliary verb

3. impersonal verb

4. masculine noun

5. plural masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 34

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir fait partie d'une locution comme avoir faim, avoir raison, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

   a. (possession) to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► En anglais britannique, I've got, he's got etc remplace souvent I have, he has etc.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'ai trois frères I have or I've got three brothers

• il n'a pas d'argent he hasn't got any money he doesn't have any money

• j'ai la réponse I have or I've got the answer

• il n'avait pas d'argent he had no money or didn't have any money

• il a les yeux bleus he has blue eyes

• il a du courage he has got courage

• ils ont leur fille qui part au Québec (inf) they've got their daughter going to Quebec

• son regard a quelque chose de méchant he's got a nasty look in his eye

• en avoir (inf!) ( = être courageux) to have balls (vulg!)

• il avait les mains qui tremblaient his hands were shaking

   b. (localisation)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque avoir est utilisé pour localiser un bâtiment, un objet etc, il peut se traduire par to have (got), mais l'anglais préférera souvent une tournure avec to be.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• vous avez la gare tout près the station is nearby

• vous avez un parc au bout de la rue there's a park down the road

   c. ( = obtenir) to get

• je n'ai pas pu avoir l'horaire du car I couldn't get the bus times

• pouvez-vous nous avoir ce livre ? can you get this book for us?

• je n'ai pas pu avoir Luc au téléphone I couldn't get through to Luc

   d. ( = porter) [+ vêtements] to wear

• il avait un pantalon beige he was wearing beige trousers

• la femme qui a le corsage bleu the woman in the blue blouse

   e. (dimensions) to be

• avoir 3 mètres de haut to be 3 metres high

• ici, le lac a 2 km de large the lake is 2km wide here

   f. (âge) ( = avoir) to be ; ( = atteindre) to turn

• il a dix ans he is ten

• j'ai l'impression d'avoir 20 ans I feel as if I were 20

• il a dans les cinquante ans he's about 50

• des bâtiments qui ont plus de 250 ans buildings that are more than 250 years old

• elle venait d'avoir 38 ans she had just turned 38

   g. ( = souffrir de) [+ rhume, maladie] to have

• il a la rougeole he's got measles

• il a eu la rougeole à dix ans he had measles when he was ten

• il ne veut pas dire ce qu'il a he won't say what's wrong with him

• qu'est-ce que tu as ? what's wrong with you?

• il a qu'il est jaloux he's jealous, that's what's wrong with him

• qu'est-ce qu'il a à pleurer ? what's he crying for?

   h. ( = faire) to make

• il a eu un geste d'énervement he made an irritated gesture

• elle a eu un sourire malin she smiled knowingly

• ils ont eu des remarques malheureuses they made some unfortunate remarks

   i. ( = recevoir chez soi) to have

• avoir des amis à dîner to have friends to dinner

   j. ( = avoir un cours de, avoir à faire) to have

• j'ai français à 10 heures I've got French at 10

• le vendredi, j'ai trois heures d'anglais I have three hours of English on Fridays

• je n'ai rien ce soir I haven't got anything on this evening

   k. ( = atteindre, attraper) to get

• ils ont fini par avoir le coupable they got the culprit in the end

• je l'ai eu ! (cible) got it!

• on les aura ! we'll get them! (inf)

• je t'aurai ! I'll get you! (inf)

• elle m'a eu au sentiment she took advantage of my better nature

   l. ( = duper) (inf) [escroc] to have (inf) ; [plaisantin] to fool

• ils m'ont eu I've been had (inf)

• je t'ai bien eu ! got you there! (inf)

• se faire avoir (par escroc) to be had (inf) ; (par un plaisantin) to be fooled

• je me suis fait avoir de 300 € I was conned out of 300 euros (inf!)

2. <

to have

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le passé composé français peut se traduire soit par le prétérit, soit par le parfait anglais, selon le contexte.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• hier, j'ai mangé trois bananes yesterday, I ate three bananas

• as-tu faim ? -- non, j'ai mangé trois bananes are you hungry? -- no, I've eaten three bananas

• j'étais pressé, alors j'ai couru I was in a hurry so I ran

• il a fini hier he finished yesterday

• je n'ai pas encore fini I haven't finished yet

• il a été renvoyé deux fois he has been dismissed twice

• je l'ai vu le 13 février I saw him on 13 February

• nous aurons terminé demain we'll have finished tomorrow

• si je l'avais vu if I had seen him

► avoir à + infinitif ( = devoir)

j'ai à travailler I've got work to do

• Patrick a des lettres à écrire Patrick has got letters to write► n'avoir qu'à

• tu n'as qu'à me téléphoner demain just give me a ring tomorrow

• c'est simple, vous n'avez qu'à lui écrire it's simple, just write to him

• tu n'avais qu'à ne pas y aller you shouldn't have gone in the first place

• s'il n'est pas content, il n'a qu'à partir if he doesn't like it, he can always leave

3. <

► il y a

   a. (général) (suivi d'un singulier) there is ; (suivi d'un pluriel) there are

• il y a un homme à la porte there's a man at the door

• il y a des gens qui attendent there are people waiting

• il y a eu trois blessés three people were injured

• il y a voiture et voiture ! there are cars and cars!

• qu'y a-t-il ? what is it?

• qu'est-ce qu'il y a ? what's the matter?

• il y a que nous sommes mécontents ! (inf) we're annoyed, that's what! (inf)

• il y a eu un accident there has been an accident

• qu'est-ce qu'il y a eu ? what's happened?

• il n'y a pas que toi ! you're not the only one!

• il n'y a que lui pour faire cela ! trust him to do that!

• il n'y a pas que nous à le dire we're not the only ones who say this

► il y en a (antécédent au singulier) there is some ; (antécédent au pluriel) there are some

• j'achète du pain ? -- non, il y en a encore shall I buy some bread? -- no, there's some left

• il y en a qui disent... there are those who say...

• il y en a qui feraient mieux de se taire ! some people would do better to keep quiet!

• il y en a, je vous jure ! (inf) really, some people! (inf)► il n'y en a que pour

• il n'y en a que pour mon petit frère, à la maison my little brother gets all the attention at home

• il n'y en a eu que pour lui pendant l'émission the whole programme revolved around him► y a pas (inf)

il y a pas, faut que je parte it's no good, I've got to go

• y a pas, il faut qu'il désobéisse he just won't do as he's told

• il y a pas à dire, il est très there's no denying he's very intelligent► il n'y a qu'à (+ infinitif), y a qu'à (+ infinitif) (inf)

il n'y a qu'à les laisser partir just let them go

• il n'y a qu'à protester we'll just have to protest

• y a qu'à lui dire (inf) why don't we just tell him

   b. (temps)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque il y a se rapporte à une action non révolue, l'anglais utilise for.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Pour exprimer une durée, le présent français devient un parfait en anglais, l'imparfait un pluperfect.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il y a dix ans que je le connais I've known him for ten years

• il y avait longtemps qu'elle désirait le rencontrer she had wanted to meet him for a long time

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans le cas d'une action révolue, on emploie ago et le prétérit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il y a dix ans, j'ai obtenu mon diplôme I graduated ten years ago

• il est né il y a tout juste un an he was born just one year ago

• il y a dix jours que nous sommes rentrés we got back ten days ago

• il n'y a pas un quart d'heure qu'il est parti it's less than a quarter of an hour since he left

   c. (distance) il y a 10 km d'ici à Paris it is 10km from here to Paris

• combien y a-t-il d'ici à Lille ? how far is it from here to Lille?

4. <

   a. ( = bien) assets

• il a investi tout son avoir dans l'entreprise he invested all his assets in the firm

   b. ( = actif) credit ; ( = billet) credit note

• avoir fiscal tax credit

5. <

avoirs assets

• avoirs financiers financial resources

* * *

I avwaʀ
verbe transitif

1) ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]

j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa — I managed to get your visa for you

je n'ai pas eu mon train — I didn't catch my train

2) ( au téléphone)

j'ai réussi à l'avoir — I managed to get through to him/her

3) ( porter) to wear, to have [something] on

elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage — she wore a blue dress at her wedding

4) (colloq) ( triompher) to beat, to get (colloq), to have

cette fois-ci, on les aura — this time, we'll get ou have them

5) ( duper) to have (colloq); ( par malveillance) to con (colloq)

elle s'est fait or laissée avoir — she's been had (colloq)

6) ( éprouver moralement) to feel

avoir du chagrin/de la haine — to feel sorrow/hate

qu'est-ce que tu as? — what's wrong ou the matter with you?

qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? — why is he driving like that?

7) (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques)

j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid — I am 20 years old/hungry/cold

la salle a 20 mètres de long — the room is 20 metres [BrE] long

II avwaʀ
nom masculin

1) Commerce ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note

2) ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl)

•

Phrasal Verbs:

- avoir fiscal

••

avoir I

Généralités

Dans la plupart des situations exprimant la possession, la disponibilité avoir sera traduit par to have ou to have got: j'ai des livres/enfants/employés = I have (got) books/children/employees; je n'ai pas assez de place/temps = I don't have (ou I haven't got) enough room/time; la maison a l'électricité/cinq pièces = the house has electricity/five rooms; j'aurai mon visa demain = I'll have my visa tomorrow; ils vont/elle va avoir un bébé en mai = they're/she's having a baby in May

Les autres sens de avoir, verbe transitif simple (obtenir, porter, triompher de etc), sont traités dans l'entrée plus bas

On notera qu'en règle générale les expressions figées du type avoir raison, avoir beau, en avoir marre, il y a belle lurette, il y a de quoi etc seront traitées respectivement sous raison, beau, marre, lurette, quoi etc

On pourra également consulter les diverses notes d'usage répertoriées, notamment celles consacrées à l'expression de l'âge, aux maladies, à l'expression de l'heure etc

On trouvera ci-dessous les divers emplois de avoir pour lesquelles une explication est nécessaire

avoir = verbe auxiliaire

avoir verbe auxiliaire se traduit toujours par to have sauf dans le cas du passé composé: ils avaient révisé les épreuves quand je suis parti = they had revised the proofs when I left; quand ils eurent (ou ont eu) révisé les épreuves, ils sont partis = when they had revised the proofs, they left; ils auront fini demain = they will have finished tomorrow; il aurait (ou eût) aimé parler = he would have liked to speak. Lorsqu'on a un passé composé en français, il sera traduit soit par le prétérit: ils ont révisé les épreuves en juin = they revised the proofs in June; ils ont révisé les épreuves avant ma démission = they revised the proofs before I resigned; je suis sûr qu'il l'a laissé là en partant = I'm sure he left it here when he left; soit par le ‘present perfect’: ils ont révisé les épreuves plusieurs fois = they have revised the proofs several times

avoir = verbe semi-auxiliaire

De même, avoir semi-auxiliaire dans les tournures attributives du type avoir le coeur malade/les genoux cagneux, se traduit de façon variable ( to be ou to have) selon la structure adoptée par l'anglais pour rendre ces tournures; voir, en l'occurrence, les entrées coeur et cagneux; mais c'est en général sous l'adjectif que ce problème est traité

Emplois avec à

avoir à + infinitif

Exprimant l'obligation ou la convenance, cette locution verbale se rend généralement par to have to suivi de l'infinitif: j'aurais à ajouter que... = I would have to add that...; tu auras à rendre compte de tes actes = you'll have to account for your actions; je n'ai pas à vous raconter ma vie = I don't have to tell you my life-story; vous n'aviez pas à le critiquer = you didn't have to criticize him; il n'a pas à te parler sur ce ton = he shouldn't speak to you in that tone of voice; j'ai beaucoup à faire = I have (ou I've got) a lot to do; tu n'as rien à faire? = don't you have (ou haven't you got GB) anything to do?; j'ai à faire un rapport/un rapport à faire = I have to write a report/a report to write

n'avoir qu'à

Quand cette locution équivaut à suffir, plusieurs possibilités de traduction se présentent: tu n'avais qu'à = tu aurais dû, elle se rend par should have suivi du participe passé; tu n'as qu'à leur écrire = you only have to (ou you've only got to GB, ou all you have to do is) write to them; tu n'auras que cinq minutes à attendre = you'll only have to wait five minutes; tu n'avais qu'à faire attention/me le dire/partir plus tôt = you should have paid attention/told me/left earlier

Emplois avec en

On trouvera sous assez, marre, etc les expressions figées en avoir assez, en avoir marre etc. Voir aussi les emplois avec il y a plus bas

expression du temps: en avoir pour

L'anglais distingue généralement entre une tâche précise ( to take) et une activité ou absence indéterminée ( to be): vous en avez (ou aurez) pour combien de temps? (à faire ce travail) = how long will it take you?, (à me faire attendre) = how long are you going to be?; j'en ai pour cinq minutes (= je reviens dans...) = I'll be five minutes; je n'en ai pas pour longtemps = I won't be long; j'en ai eu pour deux heures = it took me two hours

expression du coût: en avoir pour

Se traduit par to cost suivi du pronom personnel complément correspondant au pronom sujet français (voir aussi argent): j'en ai eu pour 500 francs = it cost me 500 francs; nous en aurons pour combien? = how much will it cost us?

(sl) en avoir = to have balls (sl); ne pas en avoir = to have no balls (sl)

Expression de l'existence

il y a du lait dans le réfrigérateur = there's some milk in the fridge; il y a des souris/des araignées au grenier = there are mice/spiders in the attic; il n'y a pas/plus de riz = there's no/no more rice ou there isn't any/any more rice; il doit y avoir (ou il y aura) des souris dans le grenier = there must be mice in the attic; il n'y a pas eu moins de 50 concurrents = there were no less than 50 competitors; il y a chapeau et chapeau = there are hats and hats; il y aura Paul, Marie,... = there will be Paul, Marie,...; et il y aura Paul et Marie! = and Paul and Marie will be there!; il n'y a pas de raison de faire/que tu fasses = there's no reason to do/for you to do; il a dû y avoir quelque chose de grave = something serious must have happened; qu'est-ce qu'il y a? (qui ne va pas) = what's wrong?, (qui se passe) = what's going on?; il y a qu'elle m'énerve = she's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; il y a que l'ordinateur est en panne = the computer has broken down

Attention, un mot singulier en français peut être traduit par un mot fonctionnant comme un pluriel en anglais: il y a beaucoup de monde = there are a lot of people; y avait-il du monde? = were there many people?

Expression du temps

il est venu il y a longtemps/cinq ans = he came a long time/five years ago; il y a cinq ans que j'habite ici = I have been living here for five years; il y aura cinq ans demain que j'ai pris ma retraite = it will be five years tomorrow since I retired; il y aura deux mois mardi que je travaille ici = I will have been working here for two months on Tuesday; il n'y a que deux mois que je suis/travaille ici = I have only been/been working here for two months; il n'y a pas cinq minutes qu'il est parti = he left less than five minutes ago; il n'y a pas 200 ans que l'espèce est éteinte = the species has been extinct for no more than 200 years; il y a combien de temps/d'années que tu habites ici? = how long/many years have you lived here?; il y a combien de temps/d'années qu'on ne s'est vus? = how long is it/many years has it been since we last met?

Expression de la distance

Elle se fait généralement à l'aide du verbe to be: combien y a-t-il jusqu'à la gare/d'ici à la gare? = how far is it to the station/to the station from here?; combien y a-t-il encore jusqu'à la gare? = how much further is it to the station?; il y a 15 kilomètres jusqu'à/d'ici à la gare = the station is 15 kilometres [BrE] away/away from here; il y a au moins 15 kilomètres = it's at least 15 kilometres [BrE] away; il y a encore 15 kilomètres = it's another 15 kilometres [BrE]; il n'y a pas/que 200 mètres d'ici à la gare = it's less than/only 200 metres [BrE] from here to the station

il y a à + infinitif

il y a à manger pour quatre = there's enough food for four; il y a (beaucoup) à faire = there's a lot to be done (ceci traduit également il y a de quoi faire); souligner le danger/l'avantage qu'il y a à faire = to stress how dangerous/advantageous it is to do; les risques qu'il y avait/aurait à faire = how risky it was/would be to do; il n'y a pas à hésiter/s'inquiéter = there's no need to hesitate/worry; il n'y a pas à discuter! = no arguments!; il n'y a qu'à le repeindre! - y a qu'à (colloq), c'est facile à dire! = all you have to do is repaint it! - just repaint it! easier said than done!

il y en a qui, il y en a pour

L'existence se rend par there is/are, le temps par to take, et le coût par to cost ou to come to: il y en a qui n'ont pas peur du ridicule! = there are some people who aren't afraid of being ridiculed!; il y en a toujours pour se plaindre (ou qui se plaignent) = there's always someone who complains; il y en a (ou aura) pour deux heures = it'll take two hours; il y en a eu/aurait eu pour deux heures = it took/would have taken two hours; il n'y en a plus que pour deux heures = it'll only take another two hours; il y en a encore pour combien de temps? = how much longer will it take?; il y en a (ou aura) pour 200 francs = it'll cost (ou come to) 200 francs; il y en a eu pour 200 francs = it cost (ou came to) 200 francs

Noter aussi: il n'y en a que pour leur chien = they only think of their dog ou their dog comes first

Remarque: certaines formes personnelles du verbe avoir sont équivalentes au présentatif il y a. En corrélation avec le relatif qui, elles ne se traduisent pas; directement suivies de l'objet présenté, elles se traitent comme il y a: j'ai mon stylo qui fuit = my pen is leaking; elle avait les larmes aux yeux = there were tears in her eyes; j'ai ma cicatrice qui me fait souffrir = my scar is hurting; à droite, vous avez une tapisserie d'Aubusson = on your right, there's an Aubusson tapestry

* * *
avwaʀ
1. nm

1) (= biens) assets pl

2) COMMERCE (= note de crédit) credit

2. vt

1) (= posséder) to have, to have got

Elle a 2 enfants. — She has 2 children., she has got 2 children

Elle a une belle maison. — She has a lovely house., She has got a lovely house.

Il a les yeux bleus. — He has blue eyes., He has got blue eyes.

Tu as de beaux cheveux. — You have beautiful hair., You have got beautiful hair.

Il a beaucoup d'amis. — He has a lot of friends., He has got a lot of friends.

2) (= obtenir) to get

Où est-ce qu'on peut avoir un permis? — Where can you get a licence?

3) (= trouver)

ici, vous avez la cuisine — here we have the kitchen

4) (= éprouver) [sensation, sentiment] to have

J'avais un pressentiment. — I had a feeling.

Il a des démangeaisons. — He is itching.

J'ai une petite douleur ici. — I've got a slight pain here.

J'ai un drôle de pressentiment. — I have a funny feeling.

qu'est-ce que tu as?; qu'as-tu? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

See:

faim, peur, mal

5) (âge)

avoir 3 ans — to be 3 years old, to be 3

J'avais 10 ans quand je l'ai rencontré. — I was 10 when I met him.

6) * (= duper) to do *

on vous a eu! — you've been done!, you've been had!

on t'a bien eu! — you've been had!

7) (autres locutions)

avoir à faire qch — to have to do sth

Vous n'avez qu'à lui demander. — You only have to ask him.

Tu n'as pas à me poser des questions. — It's not for you to ask me questions.

en avoir contre qn — to have a grudge against sb

en avoir assez — to be fed up

en avoir pour...; J'en ai pour une demi-heure. — It'll take me half an hour.

On en a eu pour 100 euros. — It cost us 100 euros.

n'avoir que faire de qch — to have no use for sth

3. vb aux

to have

avoir mangé — to have eaten

avoir dormi — to have slept

J'ai déjà mangé. — I've already eaten.

Il a mangé des frites. — He had some chips.

Est-ce que tu as vu ce film? — Have you seen this film?

Hier je n'ai pas mangé. — I didn't eat yesterday.

Je lui ai parlé hier. — I spoke to him yesterday.

Il a neigé pendant la nuit. — It snowed during the night.

4. vb impers

1) (présence)

il y a (+ singulier) — there is, (+ pluriel) there are

Il y a quelqu'un à la porte. — There's somebody at the door.

Il y a un bon film à la télé. — There's a good film on TV.

Il y a des chocolats sur la table. — There are some chocolates on the table.

Il y a beaucoup de monde. — There are lots of people.

il doit y avoir; Il doit y avoir une explication. — There must be an explanation.

qu'est-ce qu'il y a?; qu'y a-t-il? — what's the matter?, what is it?

Il n'y a qu'à... — We will just have to...

Il n'y a qu'à partir plus tôt. — We'll just have to leave earlier.

Il ne peut y en avoir qu'un. — There can only be one.

2) (temporel)

il y a 10 ans — 10 years ago

il y a 10 ans que je le connais — I've known him for 10 years

il y a longtemps que je le connais — I've known him for a long time

Je l'ai rencontré il y a 2 ans. — I met him 2 years ago.

Il y a 10 ans qu'il est arrivé. — It's 10 years since he arrived.

* * *

I.

avoir ⇒ Note d'usage verb table: avoir vtr

1 ( obtenir) to get [objet, rendez-vous]; to catch [train, avion]; j'ai pu vous avoir votre visa I managed to get your visa for you; j'ai eu ce vase pour cinq euros I got this vase for five euros; pouvez-vous m'avoir un des traducteurs? can you get me one of the translators?; je n'ai pas eu mon train I didn't catch my train; il l'a eue◑ le soir même he had○ her that very evening;

2 ( au téléphone) j'ai réussi à l'avoir I managed to get through to him/her; essayer d'avoir le ministre to try to get through to the minister; pouvez-vous m'avoir son adjoint/Hongkong can you put me through to ou get me his assistant/Hong Kong;

3 ( porter) to wear, to have [sth] on; elle avait une robe bleue à son mariage she wore a blue dress at her wedding; elle a toujours une écharpe autour du cou she's always got a scarf round her neck; il avait un béret (sur la tête) he had a beret on ou he was wearing a beret;

4 ○( triompher) to beat, to get○, to have; l'équipe de Marseille nous a eus the Marseilles team beat us; ne nous laissons pas avoir par la concurrence let's not let the competition beat us; cette fois-ci, on les aura this time, we'll get ou have them;

5 ( duper) to have○; ( par malveillance) to con○; j'ai été eu I've been had○; il t'a bien eu! ( l'escroc) he conned○ you!; ( le plaisantin) he was having you on○! GB, he put one over on you○!; elle s'est fait or laissé avoir she's been had○; j'ai failli me faire avoir I was nearly conned○; je ne me laisserai pas avoir par un abruti○ I won't be conned○ by a moron;

6 ( éprouver moralement) to feel; avoir du chagrin/de la haine to feel sorrow/hate; qu'est-ce que tu as? what's wrong ou the matter with you?; j'ai qu'il m'énerve he's getting on my nerves, that's what's wrong; qu'est-ce que tu as à crier comme ça? what are you shouting like that for?; j'ai que mon ordinateur ne marche pas because my computer doesn't work; qu'est-ce qu'il a à conduire comme ça? why is he driving like that?; il a qu'il est soûl because he's drunk, that's why;

7 (servant à exprimer l'âge, des sensations physiques) j'ai 20 ans/faim/froid I am 20 years old/hungry/cold; la salle a 20 mètres de long the room is 20 metres^GB long.

Idiomes

en avoir○ to have balls◑; ne pas en avoir○ to have no balls◑.

II.

avoir nm

1 Comm ( somme) credit; ( attestation) credit note;

2 ( possessions) assets (pl), holdings (pl); avoirs à l'étranger foreign assets ou holdings; avoirs en caisse cash holdings; avoirs en dollars dollar-based assets;

3 Compta ( notion) assets (pl); ( titre d'entrée) credit.

Composé

avoir fiscal tax credit.

I

[avwar] nom masculin

1. COMMERCE credit note

[en comptabilité] credit side

la fleuriste m'a fait un avoir the florist gave me a credit note

j'ai un avoir de 150 euros à la boucherie I've got 150 euros credit at the butcher's

avoir fiscal FINANCE tax credit

2. ÉCONOMIE & FINANCE

avoirs assets, holdings

avoirs numéraires ou en caisse cash holdings

3. (littéraire) [possessions] assets, worldly goods

vivre d'un petit avoir personnel to live off a small personal income

II

[avwar] verbe auxiliaire

A.

1. [avec des verbes transitifs]

as-tu lu sa lettre? did you read ou have you read his letter?

les deux buts qu'il avait marqués the two goals he had scored

j'aurais voulu vous aider I'd have liked to help you

non content de les avoir humiliés, il les a jetés dehors not content with humiliating them, he threw them out

2. [avec des verbes intransitifs]

j'ai maigri I've lost weight

as-tu bien dormi? did you sleep well?

tu as dû rêver you must have been dreaming

3. [avec le verbe 'être']

j'ai été surpris I was surprised

il aurait été enchanté he would've ou would have been delighted

B.

1. [exprime la possibilité]

avoir à: je n'ai rien à boire I haven't got anything ou I have nothing ou I've got nothing to drink

n'avoir qu'à: ils n'ont qu'à écrire au directeur

a. [conseil] all they have to do ou all they've got to do is write to the manager

b. [menace] just let them (try and) write to the manager

s'il vous manque quelque chose, vous n'avez qu'à me le faire savoir if you're missing anything, just let me know

t'as qu'à leur dire! (familier) why don't you (just) tell them!

2. [exprime l'obligation]

avoir à to have to

je n'ai pas à me justifier auprès de vous I don't have to justify myself to you

et voilà, je n'ai plus qu'à recommencer! so now I've got to start all over again!

3. [exprime le besoin]

avoir à to have to

il a à te parler he's got something to ou there's something he wants to tell you

tu n'as pas à t'inquiéter you shouldn't worry, you have nothing to worry about

4. (locution)

n'avoir que faire de: je n'ai que faire de tes états d'âme I couldn't care less about your moods

————————

[avwar] verbe transitif

A.

1. [être propriétaire de - action, bien, domaine etc.] to have, to own, to possess ; [ - chien, hôtel, voiture] to have, to own

avoir de l'argent to have money

tu n'aurais pas un stylo en plus? have you got ou do you happen to have a spare pen?

je n'ai plus de sucre I've run out of sugar

COMMERCE to have

nous avons plus grand si vous préférez we have it in a larger size if you prefer

2. [ami, collègue, famille etc.] to have

il a encore sa grand-mère his grandmother's still alive

je n'ai plus ma mère my mother's dead

elle a trois enfants she has three children

avoir un/une/des... qui: elle a un mari qui fait la cuisine she's got the sort ou kind of husband who does the cooking

avoir son/sa/ses... qui (familier) : j'ai la chaîne de mon vélo qui est cassée the chain on my bike is broken

3. [détenir - permis de conduire, titre] to have, to hold ; [ - droits, privilège] to have, to enjoy ; [ - emploi, expérience, devoirs, obligations] to have ; [ - documents, preuves] to have, to possess

quand nous aurons le pouvoir when we're in power

quelle heure avez-vous? what time do you make it?

SPORT to have

avoir le ballon to be in possession of ou to have the ball

4. [obtenir - amende, article] to get ; [ - information, rabais, récompense] to get, to obtain

je pourrais vous avoir des places gratuites I could get you free tickets

[au téléphone] to get through to

j'ai essayé de t'avoir toute la journée I tried to get through to you ou to contact you all day

je l'ai eu au téléphone I got him on the phone

5. [jouir de - beau temps, bonne santé, liberté, bonne réputation] to have, to enjoy ; [ - choix, temps, mauvaise réputation] to have

avoir la confiance de quelqu'un to be trusted by somebody

avoir l'estime de quelqu'un to be held in high regard by somebody

vous avez toute ma sympathie you have all my sympathy

j'ai une heure pour me décider I have an hour (in which) to make up my mind

il a tout pour lui et il n'est pas heureux! he's got everything you could wish for and he's still not happy!

6. [recevoir chez soi]

avoir de la famille/des amis à dîner to have relatives/friends over for dinner

j'aurai ma belle-famille au mois d'août my in-laws will be staying with me in August

7. RADIO & TÉLÉVISION [chaîne, station] to receive, to get

bientôt, nous aurons les chaînes européennes soon, we'll be able to get the European channels

8. [attraper - otage, prisonnier] to have

les flics ne l'auront jamais (familier) the cops'll never catch him

9. [atteindre - cible] to get, to hit

10. [monter à bord de - avion, bus, train] to catch

B.

1. [présenter - tel aspect] to have (got)

elle a un joli sourire she's got ou she has a nice smile

je cherche un acteur qui ait un grand nez I'm looking for an actor with a big nose

elle a une jolie couleur de cheveux her hair's a nice colour

elle a beaucoup de sa mère she really takes after her mother

avoir tout de: il a tout de l'aristocrate he's the aristocratic type

la méthode a l'avantage d'être bon marché this method has the advantage of being cheap

ton père a le défaut de ne pas écouter ce qu'on lui dit your father's weakness is not listening to what people tell him

[avec pour complément une partie du corps] to have

avoir l'estomac vide to have an empty stomach

j'ai le bras ankylosé my arm's stiff

avoir le/la/les... qui: il a les yeux qui se ferment he can't keep his eyes open

en avoir (très familier) to have a lot of balls (très familier)

2. [porter sur soi - accessoire, vêtement, parfum] to have on (separable), to wear

tu vois la dame qui a le foulard? do you see the lady with the scarf?

faites attention, il a une arme careful, he's got a weapon ou he's armed

3. [faire preuve de]

avoir de l'audace to be bold

avoir du culot (familier) to be cheeky, to have a nerve

il a eu le culot de me le dire (familier) he had the cheek ou the nerve to tell me

avoir du talent to have talent, to be talented

ayez la gentillesse de... would you ou please be kind enough to...

il a eu la cruauté de lui dire he was cruel enough to tell him

4. [exprime la mesure] to be

le voilier a 4 m de large ou largeur the yacht is 4 m wide

en avoir pour: j'en ai pour 500 euros it's costing me 500 euros

tu en as pour 12 jours/deux heures it'll take you 12 days/two hours

5. [exprime l'âge] to be

quel âge as-tu? how old are you?

j'ai 35 ans I'm 35 (years old)

nous avons le même âge we're the same age

il a deux ans de plus que moi he's two years older than me

il vient d'avoir 74 ans he's just turned 74

C.

1. [subir - symptôme] to have, to show, to display ; [ - maladie, hoquet, mal de tête etc.] to have ; [ - accident, souci, ennuis] to have ; [ - difficultés] to have, to experience ; [ - opération] to undergo, to have ; [ - crise] to have, to go through (inseparable)

avoir de la fièvre to have ou to be running a temperature

avoir un cancer to have cancer

je ne sais pas ce que j'ai aujourd'hui I don't know what's the matter ou what's wrong with me today

sa sœur n'a rien eu his sister escaped unscathed

le car n'a rien eu du tout, mais la moto est fichue (familier) there wasn't a scratch on the bus but the motorbike's a write-off

qu'est-ce qu'elle a encore, cette voiture? (familier) NOW what's wrong with this car?

il a des souris chez lui he's got mice

un enfant/chaton qui a des vers a child/kitten with worms

2. [émettre, produire - mouvement] to make ; [ - ricanement, regard, soupir] to give

avoir un sursaut to (give a) start

elle eut cette phrase devenue célèbre she said ou uttered those now famous words

il eut une moue de dédain he pouted disdainfully

3. [ressentir]

avoir faim to be ou to feel hungry

avoir peur to be ou to feel afraid

avoir des remords to feel remorse

avoir du chagrin to feel ou to be sad

avoir un pressentiment to have a premonition

avoir de l'amitié pour quelqu'un to regard ou to consider somebody as a friend

je n'ai que mépris pour lui I feel only contempt for him

avoir du respect pour quelqu'un to have respect for ou to respect somebody

en avoir après ou contre quelqu'un (familier) to be angry with somebody

ce chien/cette guêpe en a après toi! this dog/wasp has got it in for you!

en avoir après ou contre quelque chose to be angry about something

4. [élaborer par l'esprit - avis, idée, suggestion] to have

j'ai mes raisons I have my reasons

elle a toujours réponse à tout she's got an answer for everything

D.

1. [battre, surpasser] to get, to beat

il va se faire avoir dans la dernière ligne droite he's going to get beaten in the final straight

2. [escroquer] to have, to do, to con

1 500 euros pour ce buffet? tu t'es fait avoir! 1,500 euros for that dresser? you were conned ou had ou done!

3. [duper] to take in (separable), to take for a ride, to have

tu t'es fait avoir! you've been had ou taken in ou taken for a ride!

tu essaies de m'avoir! you're having ou putting me on!

n'essaie pas de m'avoir don't try it on with me

E. [devoir participer à - débat, élection, réunion] to have, to hold ; [ - rendez-vous] to have

j'ai (un) cours de chimie ce matin I've got a chemistry lesson this morning

————————

il y a verbe impersonnel

1. [dans une description, une énumération - suivi d'un singulier] there is ; [ - suivi d'un pluriel] there are

il n'y a pas de lit there is no bed

il y a du soleil the sun is shining

qu'est-ce qu'il y a dans la malle? what's in the trunk?

il n'y a qu'ici qu'on en trouve this is the only place (where) you can find it/them

il y a juste de quoi faire une jupe there is just enough to make a skirt

avoue qu'il y a de quoi être énervé! you must admit it's pretty irritating!

merci — il n'y a pas de quoi! thank you — don't mention it ou you're welcome!

il n'y a rien à faire, la voiture ne démarre pas it's no good, the car won't start

il n'y a pas à dire, il sait ce qu'il veut there's no denying he knows what he wants

il n'y a que lui pour dire une chose pareille! trust him to say something like that!

qu'est-ce qu'il y a? — il y a que j'en ai marre! (familier) what's the matter? — I'm fed up, that's what!

il y a voiture et voiture there are cars and cars

il n'y en a que pour lui! (familier) he's the one who gets all the attention!

il y en a ou il y a des gens, je vous jure! (familier) some people, honestly ou really!

2. [exprimant la possibilité, l'obligation etc.]

il n'y a qu'à lui dire you/we etc. just have to tell him

il n'y a qu'à commander pour être servi you only have to order to get served

3. [indiquant la durée]

il y a 20 ans de ça 20 years ago

il y a une heure que j'attends I've been waiting for an hour

4. [indiquant la distance]

il y a bien 3 km d'ici au village it's at least 3 km to the village

5. (à l'infinitif)

il va y avoir de la pluie there's going to be some rain

il doit y avoir une raison there must be a ou some reason

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > avoir

8 plus

c black plus [ply]

━━━━━━━━━

1. negative adverb

2. comparative adverb

3. superlative adverb

4. conjunction

5. masculine noun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque plus fait partie d'une locution comme d'autant plus, non... plus, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

► ne... plus not any more

• il ne la voit plus he doesn't see her any more

• il n'a plus à s'inquiéter maintenant he doesn't need to worry any more now

• je ne reviendrai plus/plus jamais I won't/I'll never come back again

• il n'a plus dit un mot he didn't say another word

• il n'est plus là he isn't here anymore

• elle n'est plus très jeune she's not as young as she used to be► plus de + nom

• elle ne veut plus de pain she doesn't want any more bread

• elle n'a plus d'argent she's got no money left

• il n'y a plus beaucoup de pain there's hardly any bread left

• t'as plus de pain ? (inf) haven't you got any bread left?► plus que ( = seulement)

il ne nous reste plus qu'à attendre all we've got to do now is wait

• il ne me reste plus qu'à vous dire au revoir it only remains for me to say goodbye

• plus que 5 km only another 5km► plus rien

• il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left

• on n'y voit presque plus rien you can hardly see anything now► plus aucun

• il n'a plus aucun ami he hasn't a single friend left

• il n'y a plus aucun espoir there's no hope left► plus personne

• il n'y a plus personne there's nobody left

• plus personne ne lit plus Boileau nobody reads Boileau these days

2. <

   a. (avec verbe) more

• il devrait lire plus he should read more

• vous travaillez plus que nous you work harder than us

• il ne gagne pas plus que vous he doesn't earn any more than you

   b. (avec adjectif ou adverbe court)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• ce fauteuil est plus large this chair is wider

• il court plus vite qu'elle he runs faster than her

• une heure plus tôt an hour earlier

• une heure plus tard an hour later

• elle n'est pas plus grande que sa sœur she isn't any taller than her sister

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son comparatif est formé avec ier.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• elle est plus jolie she's prettier

• elle est plus bête she's sillier

• c'était plus drôle it was funnier

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus gros he's bigger

• il est plus mince he's slimmer

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur comparatif avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus malin he's more cunning

• pour y arriver plus rapidement to get there more quickly

• prends-le plus doucement hold it more gently

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Attention aux comparatifs irréguliers.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est plus loin it's further

• c'est plus grave it's worse

   c. (avec adjectif ou adverbe long)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son comparatif se forme généralement avec more plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison er.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• il est plus compétent que moi he is more competent than me

• beaucoup plus facilement much more easily

   d. (locutions)

► plus de ( = davantage de) more ; ( = plus que) over

• plus de pain more bread

• il y aura beaucoup plus de monde demain there will be a lot more people tomorrow

• il y aura plus de 100 personnes there will be more than or over 100 people

• il roulait à plus de 100 km/h he was driving at more than or over 100km per hour

• les enfants de plus de 4 ans children over 4

• les plus de 30 ans the over 30s

• il n'y avait pas plus de 10 personnes there were no more than 10 people

• il est plus de 9 heures it's after 9 o'clock► à plus tard ! see you later!

► à plus ! (inf) see you later!

► plus que + adjectif ou adverbe

• un résultat plus qu'honorable a more than honourable result

• plus que jamais more than ever

• j'en ai plus qu'assez ! I've had more than enough of this!► de plus ( = en outre) (en tête de phrase) moreover

• c'est dangereux, de plus c'est illégal it's dangerous, and what's more, it's illegal

• elle a 10 ans de plus she's 10 years older

• il y a dix personnes de plus qu'hier there are ten more people than yesterday

• il me faut une heure de plus I need one more hour

• une fois de plus once again► de plus en plus more and more

• je l'admire de plus en plus I admire her more and more

• aller de plus en plus vite to go faster and faster

• de plus en plus drôle funnier and funnier► en plus ( = en supplément)

les frais d'envoi sont en plus postal charges are not included

• on nous a donné deux verres en plus we were given two extra glasses

• vous n'avez pas une chaise en plus ? you wouldn't have a spare chair?

• en plus de cela on top of that► en plus + adjectif

• il ressemble à sa mère, mais en plus blond he's like his mother only fairer

• je cherche le même genre de maison en plus grand I'm looking for the same kind of house only bigger► ... et plus

• les enfants de six ans et plus children aged six and over► ni plus ni moins

• il est compétent, mais ni plus ni moins que sa sœur he's competent, but neither more nor less so than his sister► plus... moins the more... the less

• plus on le connaît, moins on l'apprécie the more you get to know him, the less you like him► plus... plus the more... the more

• plus il en a, plus il en veut the more he has, the more he wants► plus ou moins ( = à peu près, presque) more or less

• plus ou moins réussi more or less successful

• à plus ou moins long terme sooner or later

• il supporte plus ou moins bien cette situation he just about puts up with the situation

• ils utilisent cette méthode avec plus ou moins de succès they use this method with varying degrees of success► qui plus est moreover

3. <

   a. ► le plus + verbe most

• ce qui m'a frappé le plus what struck me most

• ce qui les a le plus étonnés what surprised them the most

   b. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe court

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est court (une ou deux syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus grand peintre qui ait jamais vécu he is the greatest painter that ever lived

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif se termine par y, son superlatif se forme avec la terminaison iest.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est la plus jolie she's the prettiest

• c'est la plus bête she's the silliest

• c'est le moment le plus drôle du film it's the funniest bit of the film

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif n'a qu'une syllabe brève et se termine par une seule consonne, cette consonne est doublée.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus gros he's the biggest

• c'est le plus mince he's the slimmest

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Les mots de deux syllabes se terminant en ing, ed, s, ly forment leur superlatif avec most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• l'enfant le plus doué que je connaisse the most gifted child I know

• c'est la partie la plus ennuyeuse it's the most boring part

• c'est ce que j'ai de plus précieux it's the most precious thing I possess

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le plus petit des deux the smaller of the two

• le plus gentil des jumeaux the nicer of the twins

   c. ► le plus + adjectif ou adverbe long

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'adjectif ou l'adverbe est long (au moins trois syllabes), son superlatif se forme avec the most plutôt qu'en ajoutant la terminaison est.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• c'est le plus intéressant it's the most interesting

• la plus belle de toutes mes photos the most beautiful of all my photographs

• c'est la personne la plus désordonnée que je connaisse she's the untidiest person I know

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la comparaison se fait entre deux personnes ou deux choses, on utilise le comparatif au lieu du superlatif.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le plus beau des deux the more beautiful of the two

   d. ► le plus de + nom the most

• c'est le samedi qu'il y a le plus de monde Saturday is when there are most people

• ce qui m'a donné le plus de mal the thing I had most difficulty with

• celui qui a le plus de chances de gagner the one with the best chance of winning

   e. (locutions)

► le plus... possible

• pour y arriver le plus rapidement possible to get there as quickly as possible

• prends-en le plus possible take as much (or as many) as possible► au plus at the most

• ça vaut 100 € au plus it's worth 100 euros at the most

• tout au plus at the very most

• il a trente ans, tout au plus he's thirty at most

• rappelle-moi au plus vite call me back as soon as possible► des plus + adjectif

• une situation des plus embarrassantes a most embarrassing situation

4. <

plus

• deux plus deux font quatre two plus two make four

• tous les voisins, plus leurs enfants all the neighbours, plus their children

• il fait plus deux aujourd'hui it's plus two today

5. <

   a. (Mathematics) (signe) plus plus (sign)

c black   b. ( = avantage) plus

• ici, parler breton est un plus indéniable being able to speak Breton is definitely a plus here

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

✦ The s of plus is never pronounced when used in negatives, eg il ne la voit plus. When used in comparatives the s is generally pronounced s, eg il devrait lire plus, although there are exceptions, notably plus preceding an adjective or adverb, eg plus grand, plus vite. Before a vowel sound, the comparative plus is pronounced z, eg plus âgé.

* * *

I
1. ply, plys, plyz
préposition

8 plus 3 égale 11 — 8 and ou plus 3 equals 11

un dessert plus du café — a dessert and coffee (as well)

plus 10° — plus 10°

2.

adverbe de comparaison

1) ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif)

le plus — the most

je ne peux pas faire plus — I can do no more, I can't do any more

elle est plus que jolie — she's more than just pretty

elle mange deux fois plus que lui — she eats twice as much as he does

plus j'y pense, moins je comprends — the more I think about it, the less I understand

plus ça va — as time goes on

qui plus est — furthermore, what's more

quel pays aimes-tu le plus? — which country do you like best?

de plus en plus — more and more

2) ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most

deux fois plus cher — twice as expensive ( que as)

c'est le même modèle en plus petit — it's the same model, only smaller

il est on ne peut plus désagréable — he's as unpleasant as can be

il est plus ou moins artiste — he's an artist of sorts

il a été plus ou moins poli — he wasn't particularly polite

ils étaient plus ou moins ivres — they were a bit drunk

un livre des plus intéressants — a most interesting book

de plus en plus difficile — more and more difficult

3) ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most

trois heures plus tôt/tard — three hours earlier/later

deux fois plus longtemps — twice as long ( que as)

ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous — they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us

il l'a fait plus ou moins bien — he didn't do it very well

de plus en plus loin — further and further

plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué — the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be

3.

adverbe de négation

elle ne fume plus — she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes

plus jamais ça! — never again!

plus besoin de se presser — (colloq) there's no need to hurry any more

il n'y a plus d'œufs — there are no more eggs, there aren't any eggs left

j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture! — I went into the garage, the car was gone!

il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider — only he can help us now

plus que trois jours avant Noël! — only three days left ou to go until Christmas!

4.

plus de déterminant indéfini

1) ( avec un nom dénombrable)

deux fois plus de livres que — twice as many books as

c'est lui qui a le plus de livres — he's got the most books

les gens qui posent le plus de problèmes — the people who pose the most problems

plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries — the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have

il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place — quite a few people would like to be in his/her position

2) ( avec un nom non dénombrable)

je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi — I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did

deux fois plus de vin — twice as much wine ( que as)

3) ( avec un numéral)

elle n'a pas plus de 50 disques — she has no more than 50 records

les gens de plus de 60 ans — people over 60

il était déjà bien plus de onze heures — it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock

5.

au plus locution adverbiale at the most

tout au plus — at the very most

6.

de plus locution adverbiale

1) ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more

2) ( en supplément)

deux pommes de plus — two more apples

une fois de plus — once more, once again

9% de plus — 9% more

7.

en plus locution

en plus (de cela) — on top of that

le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus — the same model, only with a sunroof

il a reçu 300 euros en plus de son salaire — he got 300 euros on top of his salary

les taxes en plus — plus tax, tax not included

II plys
nom masculin invariable

1) Mathématique plus

le signe plus — the plus sign

2) (colloq) ( avantage) plus (colloq)

••

plus I

A note on pronunciation

plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used

plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi]

plus I

Formation du comparatif des adjectifs et des adverbes en anglais

Deux cas peuvent se présenter

1 adjectifs et adverbes courts

En règle générale on ajoute ‘-er’ à la fin de l'adjectif/adverbe: plus grand/petit/simple = taller/smaller/simpler; plus longtemps/vite = longer/faster

Remarques

- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big/bigger, sad/sadder, dim/dimmer, wet/wetter etc

- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient sunnier, pretty/prettier, happy/happier etc

2 adjectifs et adverbes longs

On ajoute more devant le mot: plus beau/compétent/intéressant = more beautiful/competent/interesting; plus facilement/sérieusement = more easily/seriously

Remarques

- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple peut produire simpler ou more simple, handsome/handsomer ou more handsome etc

- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec more: callous/more callous, cunning/more cunning

- les adverbes se terminant par ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec more: quickly/more quickly, slowly/more slowly etc

Formation du superlatif des adjectifs et des adverbes en anglais

Deux cas peuvent se présenter

1 adjectifs et adverbes courts

En règle générale on ajoute ‘(e)st’ à la fin du mot: le plus grand/petit/simple = the tallest/smallest/simplest; le plus longtemps/vite = the longest/fastest

Remarques

- pour certains mots dont l'unique voyelle est une voyelle brève, on double la consonne finale: big- the biggest, sad- the saddest, dim- the dimmest etc

- attention aux adjectifs en ‘y’: sunny devient the sunniest, pretty/the prettiest, happy/the happiest etc

2 adjectifs et adverbes longs

On ajoute the most devant le mot: le plus beau/compétent/intéressant = the most beautiful/competent/interesting; le plus facilement/sérieusement = the most easily/seriously

Remarques

- certains mots de deux syllabes admettent les deux formes: simple/the simplest ou the most simple, clever/the cleverest ou the most clever etc

- certains mots de deux syllabes n'admettent que la forme avec the most: callous/the most callous, cunning/the most cunning etc

- les adverbes en ‘-ly’ n'admettent que la forme avec the most: quickly/the most quickly, slowly/the most slowly etc

Attention: lorsque la comparaison ne porte que sur deux éléments on utilise la forme du comparatif: le plus doué des deux = the more gifted of the two; la voiture la plus rapide des deux = the faster car

L'expression le plus possible est traitée avec possible

On trouvera ci-contre exemples et exceptions illustrant les différentes fonctions de plus. On trouvera également des exemples de plus dans les notes d'usage. Voir l'index

* * *
ply, plys
1. adv

1) (négation)

ne... plus — no longer, not... any more

Il ne travaille plus ici. — He's no longer working here., He doesn't work here any more.

Je ne veux plus le voir. — I don't want to see him any more., I no longer want to see him.

ne plus avoir de qch; Je n'ai plus d'argent. — I've got no more money., I've got no money left

Je n'ai plus de pain. — I've got no bread left., I've got no more bread.

2) (comparatif: devant un adjectif) more

un peu plus difficile — a bit more difficult

Il fait un peu plus froid qu'hier. — It's a bit colder than yesterday.

plus grand — bigger

Elle est plus grande que moi. — She's bigger than me.

plus intelligent — more intelligent

Il est plus intelligent que son frère. — He's more intelligent than his brother.

3) (comparaison: non suivi d'un adjectif)

plus que — more than

Il travaille plus. — He works more.

Il travaille plus que moi. — He works more than me.

4)

plus de; Il nous faut plus de pain. — We need more bread.

plus de 3 heures — more than 3 hours, over 3 hours

Il y avait plus de dix personnes. — There were more than 10 people.

plus de minuit — after midnight, past midnight

5)

de plus; Il a 3 ans de plus que moi. — He's 3 years older than me.

Le voyage a pris trois heures de plus que prévu. — The journey took 3 hours longer than planned.

Il nous faut un joueur de plus. — We need one more player.

6)

en plus; 3 kilos en plus — 3 kilos more

J'ai apporté quelques gâteaux en plus. — I brought a few more cakes.

en plus de; Deux personnes sont arrivées en plus de celles qui étaient déjà là. — Two more people came, in addition to those already there.

7)

plus... plus... — the more... the more...

Plus il gagne d'argent, plus il en veut. — The more money he earns, the more he wants.

8)

de plus en plus de — more and more

Il y a de plus en plus de touristes par ici. — There are more and more tourists round here.

de plus en plus (suivi d'un adjectif) Il fait de plus en plus chaud. — It's getting hotter and hotter.

9)

ni plus ni moins — no more, no less

10) (superlatif)

le plus; la plus; les plus — the most

le plus intelligent — the most intelligent

le plus grand — the biggest

C'est le plus grand de la famille. — He's the tallest in his family., (sans adjectif, modifiant un verbe)

C'est ce qu'elle aime le plus. — That's what she likes most.

11) (autres locutions)

de plus — what's more, moreover

en plus de cela... — what is more...

tout au plus — at the very most

plus ou moins — more or less

qui plus est — what is more

2. conj

Quatre plus deux égalent six. — 4 plus 2 is 6.

3. nm

(= avantage) plus

* * *

I.

plus ⇒ Note d'usage

A prép

1 ( dans une addition) 8 plus 3 égale 11 8 and 3 equals 11, 8 plus 3 equals 11; on nous a servi du fromage, un dessert plus du café we were served cheese, a dessert and coffee (as well);

2 ( pour exprimer une valeur) un jour il faisait moins 5°, le lendemain plus 10° one day it was minus 5°, the next plus 10°.

B adv de comparaison

1 ( modifiant un verbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) le plus the most; il mange/travaille plus (que moi) he eats/works more (than I do ou than me); tu devrais demander plus you should ask for more; je ne peux pas faire plus I can do no more, I can't do any more, I can't do more than that; elle en sait plus que lui sur le sujet she knows more about the subject than he does; c'est plus que je ne peux supporter it's more than I can bear; elle l'aime plus que tout she loves him/her more than anything; il est plus à plaindre qu'autre chose he's more to be pitied than anything else; c'est plus que bien it's more than just good; elle est plus que jolie she's more than just pretty; il a fait plus que l'embaucher, il l'a aussi formé he did more than just hire him, he also trained him; j'en ai plus qu'assez I've had more than enough; elle mange deux fois/trois fois plus que lui she eats twice/three times as much as he does; plus je gagne, plus je dépense the more I earn, the more I spend; plus j'y pense, moins je comprends the more I think about it, the less I understand; plus ça va as time goes on; qui plus est furthermore, what's more; c'est lui qui m'a le plus appris he's the one who taught me the most; quel pays aimes-tu le plus? which country do you like best?; de plus en plus more and more; il fume de plus en plus he smokes more and more;

2 ( modifiant un adjectif) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; deux fois plus vieux/cher twice as old/expensive (que as); trois/quatre fois plus cher three/four times as expensive (que as); il n'est pas plus riche que moi he's no richer than I am ou than me, he isn't any richer than I am ou than me; c'est le même modèle en plus petit it's the same model, only smaller; il est on ne peut plus gentil/désagréable he's as nice/unpleasant as can be; il est plus ou moins fou he's more or less insane; il est plus ou moins artiste he's an artist of sorts; la cuisine était plus ou moins propre the kitchen wasn't particularly clean, the kitchen was clean after a fashion; il a été plus ou moins poli he wasn't particularly polite; ils étaient plus ou moins ivres they were a bit drunk; le plus heureux des hommes the happiest of men; la plus belle de toutes the most beautiful of all; mon vœu le plus cher my dearest wish; l'arbre le plus gros que j'aie jamais vu the biggest tree I've ever seen; son livre le plus court his shortest book; c'est ce qu'il y a de plus beau/important au monde it's the most beautiful/important thing in the world; un livre des plus intéressants a most interesting book; un individu des plus méprisables a most despicable individual; de plus en plus difficile more and more difficult; de plus en plus chaud hotter and hotter;

3 ( modifiant un adverbe) ( comparatif) more; ( superlatif) most; trois heures plus tôt/tard three hours earlier/later; deux fois plus longtemps twice as long (que as); trois/quatre fois plus longtemps three/four times as long (que as); ils ne sont pas restés plus longtemps que nous they didn't stay any longer than we did ou than us; il l'a fait plus ou moins bien he didn't do it very well; de plus en plus loin further and further; plus tu te coucheras tard, plus tu auras de mal à te lever the later you go to bed, the harder it'll be for you to get up; plus tu te coucheras tôt, moins tu seras fatigué the earlier you go to bed, the less tired you'll be; c'est moi qui y vais le plus souvent I go there the most often; ça s'est passé le plus simplement/naturellement du monde it happened quite simply/naturally.

C adv de négation elle ne fume plus she doesn't smoke any more ou any longer, she no longer smokes, she's given up smoking; il n'habite plus ici he no longer lives here, he doesn't live here any more ou any longer; le grand homme n'est plus the great man is no more; elle ne veut plus le voir she doesn't want to see him any more ou any longer, she no longer wants to see him; il a décidé de ne plus y aller he decided to stop going there; je ne veux plus en entendre parler I don't want to hear any more about it; il n'y est plus (jamais) retourné he never went back there (again); plus jamais ça! never again!; nous ne faisons plus ce modèle we no longer do this model, we don't do this model any more ou any longer; il n'a plus vingt ans ( il n'est plus très jeune) he's not twenty any more, he's no longer twenty; nous n'avons plus d'espoir we've no more hope, we no longer have any hope, we've given up hoping; plus besoin de se presser○ there's no longer any need to hurry, there's no more need to hurry, there's no need to hurry any more; il n'y a plus de pain/d'œufs there is no more bread/there are no more eggs, there isn't any bread left/there aren't any eggs left; je ne veux plus de vin I don't want any more wine; il n'y a plus rien there's nothing left; plus rien ne m'intéresse nothing interests me any more; je ne voyais plus rien I could no longer see anything, I couldn't see a thing any more; il n'y a plus personne dans la pièce there's nobody left in the room, there's no longer anybody in the room; il n'y a plus aucun crayon there aren't any pencils left, there are no more pencils; il n'y a plus aucun problème there's no longer any problem; ce n'est plus du courage, c'est de la folie it's no longer bravery, it's foolhardiness; j'entre dans le garage, plus de voiture○! I went into the garage, the car was gone○!; ce n'est plus qu'une question de jours it's only a matter of days now; il n'y a plus qu'une solution there's only one solution left; il ne restait plus que quelques bouteilles there were only a few bottles left, there was nothing left but a few bottles; il n'y a plus que lui qui puisse nous aider only he can help us now; plus que trois jours avant les vacances! only three days left ou to go until the vacation!; nous n'avons plus qu'à rentrer à la maison all we can do now is go home; il ne me reste plus qu'à vous remercier it only remains for me to thank you.

D plus de dét indéf

1 ( avec un nom dénombrable) trois/deux fois plus de livres/verres que three times/twice as many books/glasses as; c'est là que j'ai vu le plus de serpents that's where I saw the most snakes; c'est lui qui a le plus de livres he's got the most books; le joueur qui a le plus de chances de gagner the player who is most likely to win; les jeunes qui posent le plus de problèmes the young people who pose the most problems; c'est le candidat qui a remporté le plus de voix he's the candidate who won the most votes; plus tu mangeras de bonbons, plus tu auras de caries the more sweets GB ou candy US you eat, the more cavities you'll have; il y en a plus d'un qui voudrait être à sa place quite a few people would like to be in his/her position;

2 ( avec un nom non dénombrable) je n'ai pas pris plus de crème que toi I didn't take any more cream than you did, I took no more cream than you did; il n'a pas plus d'imagination que sa sœur he has no more imagination than his sister, he hasn't got any more imagination than his sister; trois/deux fois plus de vin/talent three times/twice as much wine/talent (que as); le joueur qui a gagné le plus d'argent the player who won the most money;

3 ( avec un numéral) elle ne possède pas plus de 50 disques she has no more than 50 records; une foule de plus de 10 000 personnes a crowd of more than ou over 10,000 people; il a plus de 40 ans he's over 40, he's more than 40 years old; les gens de plus de 60 ans people over 60; les plus de 60 ans the over-sixties; il était déjà bien plus de onze heures/midi it was already well past ou after eleven o'clock/midday.

E au plus loc adv at the most; tout au plus at the very most, at the outside.

F de plus loc adv

1 ( en outre) furthermore, moreover, what's more;

2 ( en supplément) j'ai mangé deux pommes de plus qu'elle I ate two apples more than she did; donnez-moi deux pommes de plus give me two more apples; ça nous a pris deux heures de plus que la dernière fois it took us two hours longer than last time; j'ai besoin de deux heures de plus I need two more hours; il a trois ans de plus que sa sœur he's three years older than his sister; une fois de plus once more, once again; l'augmentation représente 9% de plus que l'année précédente the rise is 9% more than last year.

G en plus loc en plus (de cela) on top of that; il est arrivé en retard et en plus (de cela) il a commencé à se plaindre he arrived late and what' s more ou on top of that he started complaining; c 'est le même modèle avec le toit ouvrant en plus it's the same model, only with a sunroof; c'est tout le portrait de son père, la moustache en plus he's the image of his father, only with a moustache GB ou mustache US; il a reçu 100 euros en plus de son salaire habituel he got 100 euros on top of his usual salary; en plus de son métier d'ingénieur il élève des tatous besides his job as an engineer, he breeds armadillos; les taxes en plus plus tax, tax not included; il s'est passé quelque chose en plus something else happened as well. A note on pronunciation: plus/le plus used in comparison (meaning more/the most) is pronounced [ply] before a consonant and [plyz] before a vowel. It is pronounced [plys] when at the end of a clause. In the plus de and plus que structures both [ply] and [plys] are generally used. plus used in ne plus (meaning no longer/not any more) is always pronounced [ply] except before a vowel, in which case it is pronounced [plyz]: il n'habite plus ici [plyzisi].

II.

plus nm

1 Math plus; le signe plus the plus sign;

2 ○( avantage) plus○; son expérience d'enseignant constitue un plus pour lui his teaching experience is a point in his favour^GB ou is a plus○.

[ply(s)] adverbe

A.[COMPARATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]

1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]

viens plus souvent (do) come more often

plus tôt earlier

plus tard later

c'est plus loin it's further ou farther

tu es plus patient que moi you're more patient than I am ou than me

c'est plus fatigant qu'on ne le croit it's more tiring than it seems

c'est plus rouge qu'orange it's red rather than ou it's more red than orange

elle est plus réservée que timide she's reserved rather than shy

c'est plus que gênant it's embarrassing, to say the least

on a obtenu des résultats plus qu'encourageants our results were more than encouraging

elle a eu le prix mais elle n'en est pas plus fière pour ça she got the award, but it didn't make her any prouder for all that

je veux la même, en plus large I want the same, only bigger

bien plus gros much fatter

encore plus beau more handsome still, even more handsome

cinq fois plus cher five times dearer ou as dear ou more expensive

il l'a fait deux fois plus vite (qu'elle) he did it twice as quickly (as she did)

2. [avec un verbe] more

j'apprécie plus son frère I like his brother more ou better

je m'intéresse à la question plus que tu ne penses I'm more interested in the question than you think

je ne peux vous en dire plus I can't tell you any more

3. (avec un nom)

cela représente plus qu'une simple victoire it means more than just a victory

B.[SUPERLATIF DE SUPÉRIORITÉ]

1. [suivi d'un adverbe, d'un adjectif]

le plus loin the furthest ou farthest

la montagne la plus haute the highest mountain

j'ai répondu le plus gentiment que j'ai pu I answered as kindly as I could

j'y vais le plus rarement possible I go there as seldom as possible

le plus souvent most of the time

tu es le plus gentil de tous you're the kindest of all

un de ses tableaux les plus connus one of her best-known paintings

le plus gros des deux the bigger of the two

le plus gros des trois the biggest of the three

c'est ce qu'il y a de plus original dans sa collection d'été it's the most original feature of his summer collection

choisis les fruits les plus mûrs possible select the ripest possible fruit

faites au plus vite do it as quickly as possible

aller au plus pressé ou urgent to deal with the most urgent priority first

2. [précédé d'un verbe] most

c'est moi qui travaille le plus I'm the one who works most ou the hardest

faites-en le plus possible do as much as you can

C.[ADVERBE DE NÉGATION]

1. [avec 'ne']

je n'y retournerai plus I won't go back there any more

je ne les vois plus I don't see them any more

2. [tour elliptique]

plus de no more

plus de glace pour moi, merci no more ice cream for me, thanks

plus de tergiversations! let's not shilly-shally any longer!

plus un mot! not another word!

————————

[ply(s)] adjectif

B plus ÉDUCATION B plus

H plus CHIMIE H plus

————————

[ply(s)] conjonction

1. MATHÉMATIQUES plus

3 plus 3 égale 6 3 plus 3 is ou makes 6

il fait plus 5º it's 5º above freezing, it's plus 5º

2. [en sus de] plus

le transport, plus le logement, plus la nourriture, ça revient cher travel, plus ou and accommodation, plus ou then food, (all) work out quite expensive

plus le fait que... plus ou together with the fact that...

————————

[ply(s)] nom masculin

1. MATHÉMATIQUES plus (sign)

2. [avantage, atout] plus, bonus, asset

la connaissance de l'anglais est toujours un plus knowledge of English is always a plus

au plus locution adverbiale

[au maximum] at the most ou outside

ça coûtera au plus 30 euros it'll cost a maximum of 30 euros ou 30 euros at most

il y a 15 km au plus it's 15 km at the outside

de plus locution adverbiale

1. [en supplément] extra, another, more

mets deux couverts de plus lay two extra ou more places

raison de plus pour y aller all the more reason for going

je ne veux rien de plus I don't want anything more

il est content, que te faut-il de plus? he's happy, what more do you want?

un mot/une minute de plus et je m'en allais another word/minute and I would have left

10 euros de plus ou de moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?

2. [en trop] too many

en recomptant, je trouve trente points de plus on adding it up again, I get thirty points too many

3. [en outre] furthermore, what's more, moreover

de plus, il m'a menti what's more, he lied to me

de plus en plus locution adverbiale

1. [suivi d'un adjectif] more and more, increasingly

[suivi d'un adverbe] more and more

de plus en plus souvent more and more often

de plus en plus dangereux more and more ou increasingly dangerous

ça devient de plus en plus facile/compliqué it's getting easier and easier/more and more complicated

le ciel devenait de plus en plus sombre the sky was growing darker and darker

2. [précédé d'un verbe]

les prix augmentent de plus en plus prices are increasing all the time

de plus en plus de locution déterminante

[suivi d'un nom comptable] more and more, a growing number of

[suivi d'un nom non comptable] more and more

de plus en plus de gens more and more people, an increasing number of people

il y a de plus en plus de demande pour ce produit demand for this product is increasing, there is more and more demand for this product

elle a de plus en plus de fièvre her temperature is rising

des plus locution adverbiale

most

son attitude est des plus compréhensibles her attitude is most ou quite understandable

en plus locution adverbiale

1. [en supplément] extra (avant nom)

c'est le même appartement avec un balcon en plus it's the same flat with a balcony as well

les boissons sont en plus drinks are extra, you pay extra for the drinks

ça fait 45 minutes de transport en plus it adds 45 minutes to the journey

10 euros en plus ou en moins, quelle différence? 10 euros either way, what difference does it make?

[en trop] spare

tu n'as pas des tickets en plus? do you have any spare tickets?

j'ai une carte en plus

a. [à la fin du jeu] I've got one card left over

b. [en distribuant] I've got one card too many

[en cadeau] as well, on top of that

et vous emportez une bouteille de champagne en plus! and you get a bottle of Champagne as well ou on top of that ou into the bargain!

2. [en outre] further, furthermore, what's more

elle a une excellente technique et en plus, elle a de la force her technique's first-class and she's got strength too

mais c'est qu'elle est méchante en plus! (familier) and she's nasty to cap it all ou to boot!

et elle m'avait menti, en plus! not only that but she'd lied to me (as well)!

3. [d'ailleurs] besides, what's more, moreover

je ne tiens pas à le faire et, en plus, je n'ai pas le temps I'm not too keen on doing it, and besides ou what's more, I've no time

en plus de locution prépositionnelle

[en supplément de] besides, on top of, in addition to

en plus du squash, elle fait du tennis besides (playing) squash, she plays tennis

et plus locution adverbiale

over

45 kilos et plus over 45 kilos, 45 odd kilos

les gens de 30 ans et plus people aged 30 and over

ni plus ni moins locution adverbiale

no more no less, that's all

je te donne une livre, ni plus ni moins I'll give you one pound, no more no less

tu t'es trompé, ni plus ni moins you were mistaken, that's all

non plus locution adverbiale

moi non plus je n'irai pas I won't go either

je ne sais pas — moi non plus! I don't know — neither do I ou nor do I ou me neither!

on ne peut plus locution adverbiale

je suis on ne peut plus désolé de vous voir partir I'm ever so sorry you're leaving

c'est on ne peut plus compliqué it couldn't be more complicated

plus de locution déterminante

1. [comparatif, suivi d'un nom] more

nous voulons plus d'autonomie! we want more autonomy!

je n'ai pas plus de courage qu'elle I'm no braver than she is ou her

[suivi d'un nombre] more than, over

il y a plus de 15 ans de cela it's more than 15 years ago now

elle a bien plus de 40 ans she's well over 40

elle roulait à plus de 150 km/h she was driving at more than 150 km/h ou doing over 150 km/h

il y en a plus d'un qui s'est plaint more than one person complained

il est plus de 5 h it's past 5 o'clock ou after 5

2. [superlatif, suivi d'un nom]

le plus de (the) most

c'est ce qui m'a fait le plus de peine that's what hurt me (the) most

c'est notre équipe qui a le plus de points our team has (the) most points

celui qui a le plus de chances de réussir the one (who's the) most likely to succeed

le plus possible de: le plus possible de cerises as many cherries as possible

le plus d'argent possible as much money as possible

(comme nom)

les plus de 20 ans people over 20, the over-20s

plus... moins locution correlative

the more... the less

plus il vieillit, moins il a envie de sortir the older he gets, the less he feels like going out

plus ça va, moins je la comprends I understand her less and less (as time goes on)

plus... plus locution correlative

the more... the more

plus je réfléchis, plus je me dis que... the more I think (about it), the more I'm convinced that...

plus ça va, plus il est agressif he's getting more and more aggressive (all the time)

plus ça va, plus je me demande si... the longer it goes on, the more I wonder if...

plus ou moins locution adverbiale

more or less

c'est plus ou moins cher, selon les endroits prices vary according to where you are

je ne l'ai que plus ou moins cru I only half believed him

qui plus est locution adverbiale

what's ou what is more

sans plus locution adverbiale

nothing more

c'était bien, sans plus it was nice, but nothing more

tout au plus locution adverbiale

at the most

c'est une mauvaise grippe, tout au plus it's a bad case of flu, at the most

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > plus

9 acta fori

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta fori

10 acta militaria

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta militaria

11 acta publica

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta publica

12 acta triumphorum

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > acta triumphorum

13 agentes

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > agentes

14 ago

ăgo, egi, actum, 3, v. a. (axim = egerim, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 22; Paul. ex Fest. s. v. axitiosi, p. 3 Mull.;
axit = egerit,
Paul. Diac. 3, 3;
AGIER = agi,
Cic. Off. 3, 15;
agentum = agentium,
Vulc. Gall. Av. Cass. 4, 6) [cf. agô; Sanscr. ag, aghami = to go, to drive; agmas = way, train = ogmos; agis = race, contest = agôn; perh. also Germ. jagen, to drive, to hunt], to put in motion, to move (syn.: agitare, pellere, urgere).
I.
Lit.
A.
Of cattle and other animals, to lead, drive.
a.
Absol.: agas asellum, Seip. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 64, 258:
jumenta agebat,
Liv. 1, 48:
capellas ago,
Verg. E. 1, 13:
Pars quia non veniant pecudes, sed agantur, ab actu etc.,
Ov. F. 1, 323:
caballum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 36.—
b.
With acc. of place, prep., sup., or inf.:
agere bovem Romam,
Curt. 1, 45:
equum in hostem,
id. 7, 4:
Germani in amnem aguntur,
Tac. H. 5, 21:
acto ad vallum equo,
id. A. 2, 13:
pecora per calles,
Curt. 7, 11:
per devia rura capellas,
Ov. M. 1, 676:
pecus pastum,
Varr. L. L. 6, 41, p. 88 Mull.:
capellas potum age,
Verg. E. 9, 23:
pecus egit altos Visere montes,
Hor. C. 1, 2, 7.—
B.
Of men, to drive, lead, conduct, impel.
a.
Absol.:
agmen agens equitum,
Verg. A. 7, 804.—
b.
With prep., abl., or inf.:
vinctum ante se Thyum agebat,
Nep. Dat. 3:
agitur praeceps exercitus Lydorum in populos,
Sil. 4, 720:
(adulteram) maritus per omnem vicum verbere agit,
Tac. G. 19; Suet. Calig. 27:
captivos prae se agentes,
Curt. 7, 6; Liv. 23, 1:
acti ante suum quisque praedonem catenati,
Quint. 8, 3, 69:
captivos sub curribus agere,
Mart. 8, 26:
agimur auguriis quaerere exilia,
Verg. A. 3, 5;
and simple for comp.: multis milibus armatorum actis ex ea regione = coactis,
Liv. 44, 31.— In prose: agi, to be led, to march, to go:
quo multitudo omnis consternata agebatur,
Liv. 10, 29: si citius agi vellet agmen, that the army would move, or march on quicker, id. 2, 58:
raptim agmine acto,
id. 6, 28; so id. 23, 36; 25, 9.— Trop.:
egit sol hiemem sub terras,
Verg. G. 4, 51:
poemata dulcia sunto Et quocumque volent animum auditoris agunto,
lead the mind, Hor. A. P. 100. —Hence, poet.: se agere, to betake one's self, i. e. to go, to come (in Plaut. very freq.;
also in Ter., Verg., etc.): quo agis te?
where are you going? Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 294:
unde agis te?
id. Most. 1, 4, 28; so id. ib. 3, 1, 31; id. Mil. 3, 2, 49; id. Poen. 1, 2, 120; id. Pers. 4, 3, 13; id. Trin. 4, 3, 71:
quo hinc te agis?
where are you going, Ter. And. 4, 2, 25:
Ecce gubernator sese Palinurus agebat,
was moving along, Verg. A. 6, 337:
Aeneas se matutinus agebat,
id. ib. 8, 465:
is enim se primus agebat,
for he strode on in front, id. ib. 9, 696.—Also without se:
Et tu, unde agis?
Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 20:
Quo agis?
id. Pers. 2, 2, 34:
Huc age,
Tib. 2, 5, 2 (unless age is here to be taken with veni at the end of the line).—
C.
To drive or carry off (animals or men), to steal, rob, plunder (usually abigere):
Et redigunt actos in sua rura boves,
Ov. F. 3, 64.—So esp. freq. of men or animals taken as booty in war, while ferre is used of portable things; hence, ferre et agere (as in Gr. agein kai pherein, Hom. Il. 5, 484; and reversed, pherein kai agein, in Hdt. and Xen.; cf.:
rapiunt feruntque,
Verg. A. 2, 374:
rapere et auferre,
Cic. Off. 1, 14), in gen., to rob, to plunder: res sociorum ferri agique vidit, Liv. 22, 3:
ut ferri agique res suas viderunt,
id. 38, 15; so id. 3, 37;
so also: rapere agereque: ut ex alieno agro raperent agerentque,
Liv. 22, 1, 2; but portari atque agi means to bear and carry, to bring together, in Caes. B. C. 2, 29 (as pherein kai agein in Plat. Phaedr. 279, C):
ne pulcram praedam agat,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 2, 3:
urbes, agros vastare, praedas agere,
Sall. J. 20, 8; 32, 3:
pecoris et mancipiorum praedas,
id. ib. 44, 5;
so eccl. Lat.: agere praedas de aliquo,
Vulg. Jud. 9, 16; ib. 1 Reg. 27, 8; cf. Gron. Obs. 3, 22, 633.—
D.
To chase, pursue, press animals or men, to drive about or onwards in flight (for the usual agitare).
a.
Of animals:
apros,
Verg. G. 3, 412:
cervum,
id. A. 7, 481; cf. id. ib. 4, 71:
citos canes,
Ov. H. 5, 20:
feros tauros,
Suet. Claud. 21.—
b.
Of men:
ceteros ruerem, agerem,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 21 (= prosequerer, premerem, Don.):
ita perterritos egerunt, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 4, 12:
Demoleos cursu palantis Troas agebat,
Verg. A. 5, 265; cf. id. ib. 1, 574:
aliquem in exsilium,
Liv. 25, 2; so Just. 2, 9, 6; 16, 4, 4; 17, 3, 17;
22, 1, 16 al.: aliquem in fugam,
id. 16, 2, 3.—
E.
Of inanimate or abstract objects, to move, impel, push forwards, advance, carry to or toward any point:
quid si pater cuniculos agat ad aerarium?
lead, make, Cic. Off. 3, 23, 90:
egisse huc Alpheum vias,
made its way, Verg. A. 3, 695:
vix leni et tranquillo mari moles agi possunt,
carry, build out, Curt. 4, 2, 8:
cloacam maximam sub terram agendam,
to be carried under ground, Liv. 1, 56;
so often in the histt., esp. Caes. and Livy, as t. t., of moving forwards the battering engines: celeriter vineis ad oppidum actis,
pushed forwards, up, Caes. B. G. 2, 12 Herz.; so id. ib. 3, 21; 7, 17; id. B. C. 2, 1; Liv. 8, 16:
accelerant acta pariter testudine Volsci,
Verg. A. 9, 505 al.:
fugere colles campique videntur, quos agimus praeter navem, i. e. praeter quos agimus navem,
Lucr. 4, 391:
in litus passim naves egerunt,
drove the ships ashore, Liv. 22, 19:
ratem in amnem,
Ov. F. 1, 500:
naves in advorsum amnem,
Tac. H. 4, 22.— Poet.: agere navem, to steer or direct a ship, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 114; so,
agere currum,
to drive a chariot, Ov. M. 2, 62; 2, 388 al.—
F.
To stir up, to throw out, excite, cause, bring forth (mostly poet.):
scintillasque agere ac late differre favillam,
to throw out sparks and scatter ashes far around, Lucr. 2, 675:
spumas ore,
Verg. G. 3, 203; so Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 66:
piceum Flumen agit,
Verg. A. 9, 814:
qui vocem cubantes sensim excitant, eandemque cum egerunt, etc.,
when they have brought it forth, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —Hence, animam agere, to expel the breath of life, give up the ghost, expire:
agens animam spumat,
Lucr. 3, 493:
anhelans vaga vadit, animam agens,
Cat. 63, 31:
nam et agere animam et efflare dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
Hortensius, cum has litteras scripsi, animam agebat,
id. Fam. 8, 13, 2; so Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:
eodem tempore et gestum et animam ageres,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 8:
Est tanti habere animam ut agam?
Sen. Ep. 101, 12; and with a play upon words: semper agis causas et res agis, Attale, semper. Est, non est, quod agas, Attale, semper agis. Si res et causae desunt, agis, Attale, mulas;
Attale, ne quod agas desit, agas animam,
Mart. 1, 80.—
G.
Of plants, to put forth or out, to shoot, extend:
(salices) gemmas agunt,
Varr. R. R. 1, 30:
florem agere coeperit ficus,
Col. R. R. 5, 10, 10:
frondem agere,
Plin. 18, 6, 8, § 45:
se ad auras palmes agit,
Verg. G. 2, 364:
(platanum) radices trium et triginta cubitorum egisse,
Varr. R. R. 1, 37, 15:
per glebas sensim radicibus actis,
Ov. M. 4, 254; so id. ib. 2, 583:
robora suas radices in profundum agunt,
Plin. 16, 31, 56, § 127.—Metaph.:
vera gloria radices agit,
Cic. Off. 2, 12, 43:
pluma in cutem radices egerat imas,
Ov. M. 2, 582.
II.
Trop.
A.
Spec., to guide, govern:
Tros Tyriusque mihi nullo discrimine agetur,
Verg. A. 1, 574; cf. Forbig. ad h. 1., who considers it the only instance of this use, and compares a similar use of agô; v. L. and S. s. v. II. 2.—
B.
In gen., to move, impel, excite, urge to a thing, to prompt or induce to:
si quis ad illa deus te agat,
Hor. S. 2, 7, 24:
una plaga ceteros ad certamen egit,
Liv. 9, 41; 8, 7; 39, 15: quae te, germane, furentem Mens agit in facinus? Ov. M. 5, 14:
totis mentibus acta,
Sil. 10, 191:
in furorem agere,
Quint. 6, 1, 31:
si Agricola in ipsam gloriam praeceps agebatur,
Tac. Agr. 41:
provinciam avaritia in bellum egerat,
id. A. 14, 32.—
C.
To drive, stir up, excite, agitate, rouse vehemently (cf. agito, II.):
me amor fugat, agit,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 8:
agunt eum praecipitem poenae civium Romanorum,
Cic. Verr. 1, 3:
perpetua naturalis bonitas, quae nullis casibus neque agitur neque minuitur,
Nep. Att. 9, 1 Brem.:
opportunitas, quae etiam mediocres viros spe praedae transvorsos agit,
i. e. leads astray, Sall. J. 6, 3; 14, 20; so Sen. Ep. 8, 3.— To pursue with hostile intent, to persecute, disturb, vex, to attack, assail (for the usu. agitare; mostly poet.):
reginam Alecto stimulis agit undique Bacchi,
Verg. A. 7, 405:
non res et agentia (i. e. agitantia, vexantia) verba Lycamben,
Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 25:
acerba fata Romanos agunt,
id. Epod 7, 17:
diris agam vos,
id. ib. 5, 89:
quam deus ultor agebat,
Ov. M. 14, 750:
futurae mortis agor stimulis,
Luc. 4, 517; cf. Matth. ad Cic. Mur. § 21.—
D.
To drive at something, to pursue a course of action, i. e. to make something an object of action; either in the most general sense, like the Engl. do and the Gr. prattein, for every kind of mental or physical employment; or, in a more restricted sense, to exhibit in external action, to act or perform, to deliver or pronounce, etc., so that after the act is completed nothing remains permanent, e. g. a speech, dance, play, etc. (while facere, to make, poiein, denotes the production of an object which continues to exist after the act is completed; and gerere, the performance of the duties of an office or calling).—On these significations, v. Varr. 6, 6, 62, and 6, 7, 64, and 6, 8, 72.—For the more restricted signif. v. Quint. 2, 18, 1 sq.; cf. Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 7, 12; Hab. Syn. 426.
1.
In the most gen. signif., to do, act, labor, in opp. to rest or idleness.
a.
With the gen. objects, aliquid, nihil, plus, etc.:
numquam se plus agere quam nihil cum ageret,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17 (cf. with this, id. Off. 3, 1: numquam se minus otiosum esse quam cum otiosus esset): mihi, qui nihil agit, esse omnino non videtur. id. N. D. 2, 16, 46:
post satietatem nihil (est) agendum,
Cels. 1, 2.—Hence,
b.
Without object:
aliud agendi tempus, aliud quiescendi,
Cic. N. D. 2, 53, 132; Juv. 16, 49:
agendi tempora,
Tac. H. 3, 40:
industria in agendo, celeritas in conficiendo,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 29.—
c.
In colloquial lang., to do, to fare, get on: quid agis? what are you doing? M. Tulli, quid agis? Cic. Cat. 1, 11:
Quid agis?
What's your business? Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 9; also, How goes it with you? How are you? ti pratteis, Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 20; Cic. Fam. 7, 11 al.; Hor. S. 1, 9, 4:
vereor, quid agat,
how he is, Cic. Att. 9, 17:
ut sciatis, quid agam,
Vulg. Ephes. 6, 21:
prospere agit anima tua,
fares well, ib. 3 Joan. 2:
quid agitur?
how goes it with you? how do you do? how are you? Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 17; 1, 5, 42; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 40:
Quid intus agitur?
is going on, Plaut. Cas. 5, 2, 20; id. Ps. 1, 5, 42 al.—
d.
With nihil or non multum, to do, i. e. to effect, accomplish, achieve nothing, or not much (orig. belonging to colloquial lang., but in the class. per. even in oratorical and poet. style): nihil agit;
collum obstringe homini,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 29:
nihil agis,
you effect nothing, it is of no use, Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 12:
nihil agis, dolor! quamvis sis molestus, numquam te esse confitebor malum,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 25, 61 Kuhn.; Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 10: cupis, inquit, abire; sed nihil agis;
usque tenebo,
Hor. S. 1, 9, 15:
[nihil agis,] nihil assequeris,
Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 15 B. and K.:
ubi blanditiis agitur nihil,
Ov. M. 6, 685: egerit non multum, has not done much, Curt. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 29; cf. Ruhnk. ad Rutil. Lup. p. 120.—
e.
In certain circumstances, to proceed, do, act, manage (mostly belonging to familiar style): Thr. Quid nunc agimus? Gn. Quin redimus, What shall we do now? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 41:
hei mihi! quid faciam? quid agam?
what shall I do? how shall I act? id. Ad. 5, 3, 3:
quid agam, habeo,
id. And. 3, 2, 18 (= quid respondeam habeo, Don.) al.:
sed ita quidam agebat,
was so acting, Cic. Lig. 7, 21: a Burro minaciter actum, Burrus [p. 75] proceeded to threats, Tac. A. 13, 21.—
2.
To pursue, do, perform, transact (the most usual signif. of this word; in all periods; syn.: facere, efficere, transigere, gerere, tractare, curare): cui quod agat institutumst nullo negotio id agit, Enn. ap. Gell. 19, 10, 12 (Trag. v. 254 Vahl.): ut quae egi, ago, axim, verruncent bene, Pac. ap. Non. 505, 23 (Trag. Rel. p. 114 Rib.):
At nihil est, nisi, dum calet, hoc agitur,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 92:
Ut id agam, quod missus huc sum,
id. Ps. 2, 2, 44: homines quae agunt vigilantes, agitantque, ea si cui in somno accidunt, minus mirum est, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:
observabo quam rem agat,
what he is going to do, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 114:
Id quidem ago,
That is what I am doing, Verg. E. 9, 37:
res vera agitur,
Juv. 4, 35:
Jam tempus agires,
Verg. A. 5, 638:
utilis rebus agendis,
Juv. 14, 72:
grassator ferro agit rem,
does the business with a dagger, id. 3, 305; 6, 659 (cf.:
gladiis geritur res,
Liv. 9, 41):
nihil ego nunc de istac re ago,
do nothing about that matter, Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 8:
postquam id actumst,
after this is accomplished, id. Am. 1, 1, 72; so,
sed quid actumst?
id. Ps. 2, 4, 20:
nihil aliud agebam nisi eum defenderem,
Cic. Sull. 12:
ne quid temere ac fortuitu, inconsiderate negligenterque agamus,
id. Off. 1, 29:
agamus quod instat,
Verg. E. 9, 66:
renuntiaverunt ei omnia, quae egerant,
Vulg. Marc. 6, 30; ib. Act. 5, 35:
suum negotium agere,
to mind one's business, attend to one's own affairs, Cic. Off. 1, 9; id. de Or. 3, 55, 211; so,
ut vestrum negotium agatis,
Vulg. 1 Thess. 4, 11:
neque satis Bruto constabat, quid agerent,
Caes. B. G. 3, 14:
postquam res in Africa gestas, quoque modo actae forent, fama divolgavit,
Sall. J. 30, 1:
sed tu delibera, utrum colloqui malis an per litteras agere quae cogitas,
Nep. Con. 3, 8 al. —With the spec. idea of completing, finishing: jucundi acti labores, a proverb in Cic. Fin. 2, 32, 105.—
3.
To pursue in one's mind, to drive at, to revolve, to be occupied with, think upon, have in view, aim at (cf. agito, II. E., volvo and voluto):
nescio quid mens mea majus agit,
Ov. H. 12, 212:
hoc variis mens ipsa modis agit,
Val. Fl. 3, 392:
agere fratri proditionem,
Tac. H. 2, 26:
de intranda Britannia,
id. Agr. 13.—
4.
With a verbal subst., as a favorite circumlocution for the action indicated by the subst. (cf. in Gr. agô with verbal subst.):
rimas agere (sometimes ducere),
to open in cracks, fissures, to crack, Cic. Att. 14, 9; Ov. M. 2, 211; Luc. 6, 728: vos qui regalis corporis custodias agitis, keep watch over, guard, Naev. ap. Non. 323, 1; so Liv. 5, 10:
vigilias agere,
Cic. Verr. 4, 43, 93; Nep. Thras. 4; Tac. H. 3, 76:
excubias alicui,
Ov. F. 3, 245:
excubias,
Tac. H. 4, 58:
pervigilium,
Suet. Vit. 10:
stationem agere,
to keep guard, Liv. 35, 29; Tac. H. 1, 28:
triumphum agere,
to triumph, Cic. Fam. 3, 10; Ov. M. 15, 757; Suet. Dom. 6:
libera arbitria agere,
to make free decisions, to decide arbitrarily, Liv. 24, 45; Curt. 6, 1, 19; 8, 1, 4:
paenitentiam agere,
to exercise repentance, to repent, Quint. 9, 3, 12; Petr. S. 132; Tac. Or. 15; Curt. 8, 6, 23; Plin. Ep. 7, 10; Vulg. Lev. 5, 5; ib. Matt. 3, 2; ib. Apoc. 2, 5:
silentia agere,
to maintain silence, Ov. M. 1, 349:
pacem agere,
Juv. 15, 163:
crimen agere,
to bring accusation, to accuse, Cic. Verr. 4, 22, 48:
laborem agere,
id. Fin. 2, 32:
cursus agere,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 95:
delectum agere,
to make choice, to choose, Plin. 7, 29, 30, § 107; Quint. 10, 4, 5:
experimenta agere,
Liv. 9, 14; Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
mensuram,
id. 15, 3, 4, § 14:
curam agere,
to care for, Ov. H. 15, 302; Quint. 8, prooem. 18:
curam ejus egit,
Vulg. Luc. 10, 34:
oblivia agere,
to forget, Ov. M. 12, 540:
nugas agere,
to trifle, Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 29; id. As. 1, 1, 78, and often:
officinas agere,
to keep shop, Inscr. Orell. 4266.—So esp.: agere gratias ( poet. grates; never in sing. gratiam), to give thanks, to thank; Gr. charin echein ( habere gratiam is to be or feel grateful; Gr. charin eidenai; and referre gratiam, to return a favor, requite; Gr. charin apodidonai; cf. Bremi ad Nep. Them. 8, 7):
diis gratias pro meritis agere,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 26:
Haud male agit gratias,
id. Aul. 4, 4, 31:
Magnas vero agere gratias Thais mihi?
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 1:
Dis magnas merito gratias habeo atque ago,
id. Phorm. 5, 6, 80: Lentulo nostro egi per litteras tuo nomine gratias diligenter, Cic. Fam. 1, 10: immortales ago tibi gratias agamque dum vivam;
nam relaturum me adfirmare non possum,
id. ib. 10, 11, 1: maximas tibi omnes gratias agimus, C. Caesar;
majores etiam habemus,
id. Marcell. 11, 33:
Trebatio magnas ago gratias, quod, etc.,
id. Fam. 11, 28, 8: renuntiate gratias regi me agere;
referre gratiam aliam nunc non posse quam ut suadeam, ne, etc.,
Liv. 37, 37: grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vobisque, reliqui Caelites, * Cic. Rep. 6, 9:
gaudet et invito grates agit inde parenti,
Ov. M. 2, 152; so id. ib. 6, 435; 484; 10, 291; 681; 14, 596; Vulg. 2 Reg. 8, 10; ib. Matt. 15, 36 al.;
and in connection with this, laudes agere: Jovis fratri laudes ago et grates gratiasque habeo,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 1, 2:
Dianae laudes gratesque agam,
id. Mil. 2, 5, 2; so,
diis immortalibus laudesque et grates egit,
Liv. 26, 48:
agi sibi gratias passus est,
Tac. Agr. 42; so id. H. 2, 71; 4, 51; id. A. 13, 21; but oftener grates or gratis in Tac.:
Tiberius egit gratis benevolentiae patrum, A. 6, 2: agit grates,
id. H. 3, 80; 4, 64; id. A. 2, 38; 2, 86; 3, 18; 3, 24; 4, 15 al.—
5.
Of time, to pass, spend (very freq. and class.): Romulus in caelo cum dis agit aevom, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 12, 28; so Pac. id. ib. 2, 21, 49, and Hor. S. 1, 5, 101:
tempus,
Tac. H. 4, 62; id. A. 3, 16: domi aetatem, Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6:
aetatem in litteris,
Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
senectutem,
id. Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. ib. 17, 60:
dies festos,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 48; Tac. G. 17:
otia secura,
Verg. G. 3, 377; Ov. F. 1, 68; 4, 926:
ruri agere vitam,
Liv. 7, 39, and Tac. A. 15, 63:
vitam in terris,
Verg. G. 2, 538:
tranquillam vitam agere,
Vulg. 1 Tim. 2, 2:
Hunc (diem) agerem si,
Verg. A. 5, 51:
ver magnus agebat Orbis,
id. G. 2, 338:
aestiva agere,
to pass, be in, summer quarters, Liv. 27, 8; 27, 21; Curt. 5, 8, 24.— Pass.:
menses jam tibi esse actos vides,
Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 2:
mensis agitur hic septimus,
Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 34, and Ov. M. 7, 700:
melior pars acta (est) diei,
Verg. A. 9, 156; Juv. 4, 66; Tac. A. 15, 63:
acta est per lacrimas nox,
Ov. H. 12, 58 Ruhnk.:
tunc principium anni agebatur,
Liv. 3, 6:
actis quindecim annis in regno,
Just. 41, 5, 9:
Nona aetas agitur,
Juv. 13, 28 al. —With annus and an ordinal, to be of a certain age, to be so old:
quartum annum ago et octogesimum,
am eighty-four years old, Cic. Sen. 10, 32:
Annum agens sextum decimum patrem amisit,
Suet. Caes. 1.—Metaph.: sescentesimum et quadragesimum annum urbs nostra agebat, was in its 640 th year, Tac. G. 37.— Hence also absol. (rare), to pass or spend time, to live, to be, to be somewhere:
civitas laeta agere,
was joyful, Sall. J. 55, 2:
tum Marius apud primos agebat,
id. ib. 101, 6:
in Africa, qua procul a mari incultius agebatur,
id. ib. 89, 7:
apud illos homines, qui tum agebant,
Tac. A. 3, 19:
Thracia discors agebat,
id. ib. 3, 38:
Juxta Hermunduros Naristi agunt,
Tac. G. 42:
ultra jugum plurimae gentes agunt,
id. ib. 43:
Gallos trans Padum agentes,
id. H. 3, 34:
quibus (annis) exul Rhodi agit,
id. A. 1, 4:
agere inter homines desinere,
id. ib. 15, 74:
Vitellius non in ore volgi agere,
was not in the sight of the people, id. H. 3, 36:
ante aciem agere,
id. G. 7; and:
in armis agere,
id. A. 14, 55 = versari.—
6.
In the lang. of offerings, t. t., to despatch the victim, to kill, slay. In performing this rite, the sacrificer asked the priest, agone, shall I do it? and the latter answered, age or hoc age, do it:
qui calido strictos tincturus sanguine cultros semper, Agone? rogat, nec nisi jussus agit,
Ov. F. 1. 321 (cf. agonia and agonalia):
a tergo Chaeream cervicem (Caligulae) gladio caesim graviter percussisse, praemissa voce,
hoc age, Suet. Calig. 58; id. Galb. 20. —This call of the priest in act of solemn sacrifice, Hoc age, warned the assembled multitude to be quiet and give attention; hence hoc or id and sometimes haec or istuc agere was used for, to give attention to, to attend to, to mind, heed; and followed by ut or ne, to pursue a thing, have it in view, aim at, design, etc.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 1, 2, 15, and Suet. Calig. 58: hoc agite, Plaut. As. prol. init.:
Hoc age,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 152; id. Ep. 1, 6, 31:
Hoc agite, of poetry,
Juv. 7, 20:
hoc agamus,
Sen. Clem. 1, 12:
haec agamus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 49:
agere hoc possumus,
Lucr. 1, 41; 4, 969; Juv. 7, 48:
hoccine agis an non? hoc agam,
id. ib., Ter. And. 1, 2, 15; 2, 5, 4:
nunc istuc age,
id. Heaut. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 2, 3, 3 al.:
Hoc egit civis Romanus ante te nemo,
Cic. Lig. 4, 11:
id et agunt et moliuntur,
id. Mur. 38:
(oculi, aures, etc.) quasi fenestrae sunt animi, quibus tamen sentire nihil queat mens, nisi id agat et adsit,
id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46: qui id egerunt, ut gentem... collocarent, aimed at this, that, etc., id. Cat. 4, 6, 12:
qui cum maxime fallunt, id agunt, ut viri boni esse videantur,
keep it in view, that, id. Off. 1, 13, 41:
idne agebas, ut tibi cum sceleratis, an ut cum bonis civibus conveniret?
id. Lig. 6, 18:
Hoc agit, ut doleas,
Juv. 5, 157:
Hoc age, ne mutata retrorsum te ferat aura,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 88:
Quid tuus ille destrictus gladius agebat?
have in view, mean, Cic. Leg. 3, 9:
Quid aliud egimus nisi ut, quod hic potest, nos possemus?
id. ib. 4, 10:
Sin autem id actum est, ut homines postremi pecuniis alienis locupletarentur,
id. Rosc. Am. 47, 137:
certiorem eum fecit, id agi, ut pons dissolveretur,
Nep. Them. 5, 1:
ego id semper egi, ne bellis interessem,
Cic. Fam. 4, 7.—Also, the opp.: alias res or aliud agere, not to attend to, heed, or observe, to pursue secondary or subordinate objects: Ch. Alias res agis. Pa. Istuc ago equidem, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 57; id. Hec. 5, 3, 28:
usque eo animadverti eum jocari atque alias res agere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 22:
atqui vides, quam alias res agamus,
id. de Or. 3, 14, 51; id. Brut. 66, 233:
aliud agens ac nihil ejusmodi cogitans,
id. Clu. 64.—
7.
In relation to public affairs, to conduct, manage, carry on, administer: agere bellum, to carry on or wage war (embracing the whole theory and practice of war, while bellum gerere designates the bodily and mental effort, and the bearing of the necessary burdens; and bellum facere, the actual outbreak of hostile feelings, v. Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 28):
qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum agere instituerunt,
Caes. B. G. 3, 28:
Antiochus si tam in agendo bello parere voluisset consiliis ejus (Hannibalis) quam in suscipiendo instituerat, etc.,
Nep. Hann. 8, 3; Curt. 4, 10, 29:
aliena bella mercedibus agere,
Mel. 1, 16:
Bellaque non puero tractat agenda puer,
Ov. A. A. 1, 182 (also in id. Tr. 2, 230, Gron. Observ. 2, 3, 227, for the usu. obit, with one MS., reads agit; so Merkel).— Poet.:
Martem for bellum,
Luc. 4, 2: agere proelium, to give battle (very rare):
levibus proeliis cum Gallis actis,
Liv. 22, 9.—Of offices, employments, etc., to conduct, exercise, administer, hold:
forum agere,
to hold court, Cic. Fam. 8, 6; and:
conventus agere,
to hold the assizes, id. Verr. 5, 11, 28; Caes. B. G. 1, 54; 6, 44;
used of the governors of provinces: judicium agere,
Plin. 9, 35, 58, § 120:
vivorum coetus agere,
to make assemblies of, to assemble, Tac. A. 16, 34:
censum agere,
Liv. 3, 22; Tac. A. 14, 46; Suet. Aug. 27:
recensum agere,
id. Caes. 41:
potestatem agere,
Flor. 1, 7, 2:
honorem agere,
Liv. 8, 26:
regnum,
Flor. 1, 6, 2:
rem publicam,
Dig. 4, 6, 35, § 8:
consulatum,
Quint. 12, 1, 16:
praefecturam,
Suet. Tib. 6:
centurionatum,
Tac. A. 1, 44:
senatum,
Suet. Caes. 88:
fiscum agere,
to have charge of the treasury, id. Dom. 12:
publicum agere,
to collect the taxes, id. Vesp. 1:
inquisitionem agere,
Plin. 29, 1, 8, § 18:
curam alicujus rei agere,
to have the management of, to manage, Liv. 6, 15; Suet. Claud. 18:
rei publicae curationem agens,
Liv. 4, 13: dilectum agere, to make a levy, to levy (postAug. for dilectum habere, Cic., Caes., Sall.), Quint. 12, 3, 5; Tac. A. 2, 16; id. Agr. 7 and 10; id. H. 2, 16, 12; Suet. Calig. 43. —
8.
Of civil and political transactions in the senate, the forum, before tribunals of justice, etc., to manage or transact, to do, to discuss, plead, speak, deliberate; constr. aliquid or de aliqua re:
velim recordere, quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in contionibus dixerim,
Cic. Fam. 5, 2; 1, 9:
de condicionibus pacis,
Liv. 8, 37:
de summa re publica,
Suet. Caes. 28:
cum de Catilinae conjuratione ageretur in curia,
id. Aug. 94:
de poena alicujus,
Liv. 5, 36:
de agro plebis,
id. 1, 46.—Hence the phrase: agere cum populo, of magistrates, to address the people in a public assembly, for the purpose of obtaining their approval or rejection of a thing (while [p. 76] agere ad populum signifies to propose, to bring before the people):
cum populo agere est rogare quid populum, quod suffragiis suis aut jubeat aut vetet,
Gell. 13, 15, 10:
agere cum populo de re publica,
Cic. Verr. 1, 1, 12; id. Lael. 25, 96:
neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat neve cum populo agat,
Sall. C. 51, 43.—So also absol.:
hic locus (rostra) ad agendum amplissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1:
Metellus cum agere coepisset, tertio quoque verbo orationis suae me appellabat,
id. Fam. 5, 2.— Transf. to common life.
a.
Agere cum aliquo, de aliquo or re or ut, to treat, deal, negotiate, confer, talk with one about a person or thing; to endeavor to persuade or move one, that, etc.: nihil age tecum (sc. cum odore vini);
ubi est ipsus (vini lepos)?
I have nothing to do with you, Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 11:
Quae (patria) tecum, Catilina, sic agit,
thus pleads, Cic. Cat. 1, 6, 18:
algae Inquisitores agerent cum remige nudo,
Juv. 4, 49:
haec inter se dubiis de rebus agebant,
thus treated together, Verg. A. 11, 445:
de quo et praesens tecum egi diligenter, et scripsi ad te accurate antea,
Cic. Fam. 13, 75:
egi cum Claudia et cum vestra sorore Mucia, ut eum ab illa injuria deterrerent,
id. ib. 5, 2:
misi ad Metellum communes amicos, qui agerent cum eo, ut de illa mente desisteret,
id. ib. 5, 2:
Callias quidam egit cum Cimone, ut eam (Elpinicen) sibi uxorem daret,
Nep. Cim. 1, 3.—Also absol.:
Alcibiades praesente vulgo agere coepit,
Nep. Alc. 8, 2:
si qua Caesares obtinendae Armeniae egerant,
Tac. A. 15, 14:
ut Lucretius agere varie, rogando alternis suadendoque coepit,
Liv. 2, 2.—In Suet. once agere cum senatu, with acc. and inf., to propose or state to the Senate:
Tiberius egit cum senatu non debere talia praemia tribui,
Suet. Tib. 54.—
b.
With the advv. bene, praeclare, male, etc., to deal well or ill with one, to treat or use well or ill:
facile est bene agere cum eis, etc.,
Cic. Phil. 14, 11:
bene egissent Athenienses cum Miltiade, si, etc.,
Val. Max. 5, 3, 3 ext.; Vulg. Jud. 9, 16:
praeclare cum aliquo agere,
Cic. Sest. 23:
Male agis mecum,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 21:
qui cum creditoribus suis male agat,
Cic. Quinct. 84; and:
tu contra me male agis,
Vulg. Jud. 11, 27.—Freq. in pass., to be or go well or ill with one, to be well or badly off:
intelleget secum actum esse pessime,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 50:
praeclare mecum actum puto,
id. Fam. 9, 24; so id. ib. 5, 18: exstat cujusdam non inscitus jocus bene agi potuisse cum rebus humanis, si Domitius pater talem habuisset uxorem, it would have gone well with human affairs, been well for mankind, if, etc., Suet. Ner. 28.—Also absol. without cum: agitur praeclare, si nosmet ipsos regere possumus, it is well done if, etc., it is a splendid thing if, etc., Cic. Fam. 4, 14:
vivitur cum eis, in quibus praeclare agitur si sunt simulacra virtutis,
id. Off. 1, 15:
bene agitur pro noxia,
Plaut. Mil. 5, 23.—
9.
Of transactions before a court or tribunal.
a.
Aliquid agere ex jure, ex syngrapha, ex sponso, or simply the abl. jure, lege, litibus, obsignatis tabellis, causa, to bring an action or suit, to manage a cause, to plead a case:
ex jure civili et praetorio agere,
Cic. Caecin. 12:
tamquam ex syngrapha agere cum populo,
to litigate, id. Mur. 17:
ex sponso egit,
id. Quint. 9: Ph. Una injuriast Tecum. Ch. Lege agito ergo, Go to law, then, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 90:
agere lege in hereditatem,
Cic. de Or. 1, 38, 175; Ov. F. 1, 48; Liv. 9, 46:
cum illo se lege agere dicebat,
Nep. Tim. 5: summo jure agere, to assert or claim one's right to the full extent of the law, Cic. Off. 1, 11:
non enim gladiis mecum, sed litibus agetur,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4:
causa quam vi agere malle,
Tac. A. 13, 37:
tabellis obsignatis agis mecum,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
Jure, ut opinor, agat, jure increpet inciletque,
with right would bring her charge, Lucr. 3, 963; so,
Castrensis jurisdictio plura manu agens,
settles more cases by force, Tac. Agr. 9:
ubi manu agitur,
when the case is settled by violent hands, id. G. 36.—
b.
Causam or rem agere, to try or plead a case; with apud, ad, or absol.:
causam apud centumviros egit,
Cic. Caecin. 24:
Caesar cum ageret apud censores,
Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 10; so with adversus:
egi causam adversus magistratus,
Vulg. 2 Esdr. 13, 11:
orator agere dicitur causam,
Varr. L. L. 6, 42: causam isto modo agere, Cic. Lig. 4, 10; Tac. Or. 5; 11; 14; Juv. 2, 51; 14, 132:
agit causas liberales,
Cic. Fam. 8, 9: qui ad rem agendam adsunt, M. Cael. ap. Quint. 11, 1, 51:
cum (M. Tullius) et ipsam se rem agere diceret,
Quint. 12, 10, 45: Gripe, accede huc;
tua res agitur,
is being tried, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 104; Quint. 8, 3, 13;
and extra-judicially: rogo ad Caesarem meam causam agas,
Cic. Fam. 5, 10:
Una (factio) populi causam agebat, altera optimatum,
Nep. Phoc. 3; so, agere, absol., to plead' ad judicem sic agi solet, Cic. Lig. 10:
tam solute agere, tam leniter,
id. Brut. 80:
tu istuc nisi fingeres, sic ageres?
id. ib. 80; Juv. 7, 143 and 144; 14, 32.— Transf. to common life; with de or acc., to discuss, treat, speak of:
Sed estne hic ipsus, de quo agebam?
of whom I was speaking, Ter. Ad. 1, 1, 53:
causa non solum exponenda, sed etiam graviter copioseque agenda est,
to be discussed, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 12; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37:
Samnitium bella, quae agimus,
are treating of, Liv. 10, 31.—Hence,
c.
Agere aliquem reum, to proceed against one as accused, to accuse one, Liv. 4, 42; 24, 25; Tac. A. 14, 18:
reus agitur,
id. ib. 15, 20; 3, 13; and with the gen. of the crime, with which one is charged:
agere furti,
to accuse of theft, Cic. Fam. 7, 22:
adulterii cum aliquo,
Quint. 4, 4, 8:
injuriarum,
id. 3, 6, 19; and often in the Pandects.—
d.
Pass. of the thing which is the subject of accusation, to be in suit or in question; it concerns or affects, is about, etc.:
non nunc pecunia, sed illud agitur, quomodo, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 67:
non capitis ei res agitur, sed pecuniae,
the point in dispute, id. Phorm. 4, 3, 26:
aguntur injuriae sociorum, agitur vis legum, agitur existimatio, veritasque judiciorum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 51:
si magna res, magna hereditas agetur,
id. Fin. 2, 17: qua de re agitur, what the point of dispute or litigation is, id. Brut. 79.—Hence, trop.,
(α).
Res agitur, the case is on trial, i. e. something is at stake or at hazard, in peril, or in danger:
at nos, quarum res agitur, aliter auctores sumus,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 72:
quasi istic mea res minor agatur quam tua,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113:
agitur populi Romani gloria, agitur salus sociorum atque amicorum, aguntur certissima populi Romani vectigalia et maxima, aguntur bona multorum civium,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
in quibus eorum aut caput agatur aut fama,
id. Lael. 17, 61; Nep. Att. 15, 2:
non libertas solum agebatur,
Liv. 28, 19; Sen. Clem. 1, 20 al.:
nam tua res agitur, paries cum proximus ardet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 84 (= in periculo versatur, Lambin.):
agitur pars tertia mundi,
is at stake, I am in danger of losing, Ov. M. 5, 372.—
(β).
Res acta est, the case is over (and done for): acta haec res est;
perii,
this matter is ended, Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 3: hence, actum est de aliquo or aliqua re, it is all over with a person or thing:
actum hodie est de me,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 63:
jam de Servio actum,
Liv. 1, 47:
actum est de collo meo,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 4, 194.—So also absol.: actumst;
ilicet me infelicem,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 17:
si animus hominem pepulit, actumst,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 27; Ter. And. 3, 1, 7; Cic. Att. 5, 15:
actumst, ilicet, peristi,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 9: periimus;
actumst,
id. Heaut. 3, 3, 3.—
(γ).
Rem actam agere, to plead a case already finished, i. e. to act to no purpose:
rem actam agis,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 27; id. Cist. 4, 2, 36; Liv. 28, 40; so,
actum or acta agere: actum, aiunt, ne agas,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 72; Cic. Att. 9, 18:
acta agimus,
id. Am. 22.—
10.
To represent by external action, to perform, pronounce, deliver, etc.
a.
Of an orator, Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142; cf. id. ib. 2, 19, 79:
quae sic ab illo acta esse constabat oculis, voce, gestu, inimici ut lacrimas tenere non possent,
id. ib. 3, 56, 214:
agere fortius et audentius volo,
Tac. Or. 18; 39.—
b.
Of an actor, to represent, play, act:
Ipse hanc acturust Juppiter comoediam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 88; so,
fabulam,
Ter. Ad. prol. 12; id. Hec. prol. 22:
dum haec agitur fabula,
Plaut. Men. prol. 72 al.:
partis,
to have a part in a play, Ter. Phorm. prol. 27:
Ballionem illum cum agit, agit Chaeream,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 7:
gestum agere in scaena,
id. de Or. 2, 57:
dicitur canticum egisse aliquanto magis vigente motu,
Liv. 7, 2 al. — Transf. to other relations, to represent or personate one, to act the part of, to act as, behave like: has partes lenitatis semper egi, Cic. Mur. 3:
egi illos omnes adulescentes, quos ille actitat,
id. Fam. 2, 9:
amicum imperatoris,
Tac. H. 1, 30:
exulem,
id. A. 1, 4:
socium magis imperii quam ministrum,
id. H. 2, 83:
senatorem,
Tac. A. 16, 28.—So of things poetically:
utrinque prora frontem agit,
serves as a bow, Tac. G. 44.—
11.
Se agere = se gerere, to carry one's self, to behave, deport one's self:
tanta mobilitate sese Numidae agunt,
Sall. J. 56, 5:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint,
Tac. H. 3, 2 Halm:
qui se pro equitibus Romanis agerent,
Suet. Claud. 25:
non principem se, sed ministrum egit,
id. ib. 29:
neglegenter se et avare agere,
Eutr. 6, 9:
prudenter se agebat,
Vulg. 1 Reg. 18, 5:
sapienter se agebat,
ib. 4 Reg. 18, 7. —Also absol.:
seditiose,
Tac. Agr. 7:
facile justeque,
id. ib. 9:
superbe,
id. H. 2, 27:
ex aequo,
id. ib. 4, 64:
anxius et intentus agebat,
id. Agr. 5.—
12.
Imper.: age, agite, Ter., Tib., Lucr., Hor., Ov., never using agite, and Catull. never age, with which compare the Gr. age, agete (also accompanied by the particles dum, eia, en, ergo, igitur, jam, modo, nuncjam, porro, quare, quin, sane, vero, verum, and by sis); as an exclamation.
a.
In encouragement, exhortation, come! come on! (old Engl. go to!) up! on! quick! (cf. I. B. fin.).
(α).
In the sing.:
age, adsta, mane, audi, Enn. ap. Delr. Synt. 1, 99: age i tu secundum,
come, follow me! Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 1:
age, perge, quaeso,
id. Cist. 2, 3, 12:
age, da veniam filio,
Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 14:
age, age, nunc experiamur,
id. ib. 5, 4, 23:
age sis tu... delude,
Plaut. As. 3, 3, 89; id. Ep. 3, 4, 39; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18; id. Rosc. Am. 16:
quanto ferocius ante se egerint, agedum eam solve cistulam,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 151; id. Capt. 3, 4, 39:
Agedum vicissim dic,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 69; id. Eun. 4, 4, 27:
agedum humanis concede,
Lucr. 3, 962:
age modo hodie sero,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103:
age nuncjam,
id. And. 5, 2, 25:
En age, quid cessas,
Tib. 2, 2, 10:
Quare age,
Verg. A. 7, 429:
Verum age,
id. ib. 12, 832:
Quin age,
id. G. 4, 329:
en, age, Rumpe moras,
id. ib. 3, 43:
eia age,
id. A. 4, 569.—
(β).
In the plur.:
agite, pugni,
up, fists, and at 'em! Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146:
agite bibite,
id. Curc. 1, 1, 88; id. Stich. 1, 3, 68:
agite in modum dicite,
Cat. 61, 38:
Quare agite... conjungite,
id. 64, 372; Verg. A. 1, 627:
vos agite... volvite,
Val. Fl. 3, 311:
agite nunc, divites, plorate,
Vulg. Jac. 5, 1:
agitedum,
Liv. 3, 62.—Also age in the sing., with a verb in the plur. (cf. age tamnete, Hom. Od. 3, 332; age dê trapeiomen, id. Il. 3, 441):
age igitur, intro abite,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 54:
En agedum convertite,
Prop. 1, 1, 21:
mittite, agedum, legatos,
Liv. 38, 47:
Ite age,
Stat. Th. 10, 33:
Huc age adeste,
Sil. 11, 169.—
b.
In transitions in discourse, well then! well now! well! (esp. in Cic. Or. very freq.). So in Plaut. for resuming discourse that has been interrupted: age, tu interea huic somnium narra, Curc. 2, 2, 5: nunc age, res quoniam docui non posse creari, etc., well now, since I have taught, etc., Lucr. 1, 266:
nunc age, quod superest, cognosce et clarius audi,
id. 1, 920; so id. 1, 952; 2, 62; 333; 730; 3, 418;
4, 109 al.: age porro, tu, qui existimari te voluisti interpretem foederum, cur, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 22; so id. Rosc. Am. 16; id. Part. 12; id. Att. 8, 3.—And age (as in a.) with a verb in the plur.:
age vero, ceteris in rebus qualis sit temperantia considerate,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 14; so id. Sull. 26; id. Mil. 21; id. Rosc. Am. 37.—
c.
As a sign of assent, well! very well! good! right! Age, age, mansero, Plaut. As. 2, 2, 61: age, age, jam ducat;
dabo,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 57:
Age, veniam,
id. And. 4, 2, 30:
age, sit ita factum,
Cic. Mil. 19:
age sane,
Plaut. Ps. 5, 2, 27; Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 119.
► Position.
—Age, used with another verb in the imperative, regularly stands before it, but in poetry, for the sake of the metre, it,
I.
Sometimes follows such verb; as,
a.
In dactylic metre:
Cede agedum,
Prop. 5, 9, 54:
Dic age,
Verg. A. 6, 343; Hor. S. 2, 7, 92; Ov. F. 1, 149:
Esto age,
Pers. 2, 42:
Fare age,
Verg. A. 3, 362:
Finge age,
Ov. H. 7, 65:
Redde age,
Hor. S. 2, 8, 80:
Surge age,
Verg. A. 3, 169; 8, 59; 10, 241; Ov. H. 14, 73:
Vade age,
Verg. A. 3, 462; 4, 422; so,
agite: Ite agite,
Prop. 4, 3, 7.—
b.
In other metres (very rarely):
appropera age,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 2, 38:
dic age,
Hor. C. 1, [p. 77] 32, 3; 2, 11, 22;
3, 4, 1.—So also in prose (very rarely): Mittite agedum,
Liv. 38, 47:
procedat agedum ad pugnam,
id. 7, 9.—
II.
It is often separated from such verb:
age me huc adspice,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 118; id. Capt. 5, 2, 1:
Age... instiga,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 10; 5, 6, 11:
Quare agite... conjungite,
Cat. 64, 372:
Huc age... veni,
Tib. 2, 5, 2:
Ergo age cervici imponere nostrae,
Verg. A. 2, 707:
en age segnis Rumpe moras,
id. G. 3, 42:
age te procellae Crede,
Hor. C. 3, 27, 62:
Age jam... condisce,
id. ib. 4, 11, 31; id. S. 2, 7, 4.—Hence,
1.
ăgens, entis, P. a.
A.
Adj.
1.
Efficient, effective, powerful (only in the rhet. lang. of Cic.):
utendum est imaginibus agentibus, acribus, insignitis,
Cic. de Or. 2, 87, 358:
acre orator, incensus et agens,
id. Brut. 92, 317.— Comp. and sup. not used.
► 2.
Agentia verba, in the grammarians, for verba activa, Gell. 18, 12.—
B.
Subst.: ăgentes, ium.
a.
Under the emperors, a kind of secret police (also called frumentarii and curiosi), Aur. Vict. Caes. 39 fin.; Dig. 1, 12; 1, 20; 21; 22; 23, etc.; Amm. 15, 3; 14, 11 al.—
b.
For agrimensores, land-surveyors, Hyg. Lim. p. 179.—
2.
actus, a, um, P. a. Lit., that has been transacted in the Senate, in the forum, before the courts of justice, etc.; hence,
A.
actum, i, n., a public transaction in the Senate, before the people, or before a single magistrate:
actum ejus, qui in re publica cum imperio versatus sit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7:
acta Caesaris servanda censeo,
id. ib. 1, 7:
acta tui praeclari tribunatus,
id. Dom. 31.—
B.
acta publĭca, or absol.: acta, orum, n., the register of public acts, records, journal. Julius Caesar, in his consulship, ordered that the doings of the Senate (diurna acta) should be made public, Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Ernest. Exc. 1;
but Augustus again prohibited it,
Suet. Aug. 36. Still the acts of the Senate were written down, and, under the succeeding emperors. certain senators were appointed to this office (actis vel commentariis Senatus conficiendis), Tac. A. 5, 4. They had also public registers of the transactions of the assemblies of the people, and of the different courts of justice;
also of births and deaths, marriages, divorces, etc., which were preserved as sources of future history.—Hence, diurna urbis acta,
the city journal, Tac. A. 13, 31:
acta populi,
Suet. Caes. 20:
acta publica,
Tac. A. 12, 24; Suet. Tib. 8; Plin. Ep. 7, 33:
urbana,
id. ib. 9, 15; which were all comprehended under the gen. name acta.
1.
With the time added:
acta eorum temporum,
Plin. 7, 13, 11, § 60:
illius temporis,
Ascon. Mil. 44, 16:
ejus anni,
Plin. 2, 56, 57, § 147.—
2.
Absol., Cic. Fam. 12, 8; 22, 1; 28, 3; Sen. Ben. 2, 10; 3, 16; Suet. Calig. 8; Quint. 9, 3; Juv. 2, 136: Quis dabit historico, quantum daret acta legenti, i. e. to the actuarius, q. v., id. 7, 104; cf. Bahr's Rom. Lit. Gesch. 303.—
C.
acta triumphōrum, the public record of triumphs, fuller than the Fasti triumphales, Plin. 37, 2, 6, § 12.—
D.
acta fŏri (v. Inscr. Grut. 445, 10), the records,
a.
Of strictly historical transactions, Amm. 22, 3, 4; Dig. 4, 6, 33, § 1.—
b.
Of matters of private right, as wills, gifts, bonds (acta ad jus privatorum pertinentia, Dig. 49, 14, 45, § 4), Fragm. Vat. §§ 249, 266, 268, 317.—
E.
acta militarĭa, the daily records of the movements of a legion, Veg. R. R. 2, 19.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ago

15 que

que [kə]

━━━━━━━━━

1. conjunction

2. adverb

3. relative pronoun

4. interrogative pronoun

━━━━━━━━━

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► que becomes qu' before a vowel or silent h.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. <

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque que fait partie d'un locution comme afin que, dès que, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

   a. (complétive) that

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► that introduisant une subordonnée complétive est souvent sous-entendu en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• elle sait que tu es prêt she knows (that) you're ready

• tu crois qu'il réussira ? do you think he'll succeed?

• je pense que oui I think so

• je pense que non I don't think so

• mais il n'a pas de voiture ! -- il dit que si but he has no car! -- he says he has

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Avec un verbe de volonté, l'anglais emploie une proposition infinitive. Si le sujet de cette infinitive est un pronom, l'anglais utilise la forme objet du pronom.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• je veux que Raoul vienne I want Raoul to come

• j'aimerais qu'il vienne I would like him to come

• je ne veux pas qu'il vienne I don't want him to come

   b. (remplaçant une autre conjonction)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque que remplace une conjonction comme si, quand, comme, que, la conjonction est soit répétée soit omise en anglais.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• si vous êtes sages et qu'il fait beau, nous sortirons if you are good and (if) the weather is fine, we'll go out

• comme la maison est petite et qu'il n'y a pas de jardin... as the house is small and there's no garden...

   c. (hypothèse) whether

• il ira, qu'il le veuille ou non he'll go whether he wants to or not

• qu'il parte ou qu'il reste, ça m'est égal whether he leaves or stays, it's all the same to me

   d. (but) tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas hold him so he doesn't fall

   e. (temps) elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir she had no sooner gone out than it started raining

• ils ne se connaissaient pas depuis 10 minutes qu'ils étaient déjà amis they had only known each other for 10 minutes and already they were friends

   f. (souhait) qu'il se taise ! I wish he would be quiet!

• eh bien, qu'il vienne ! all right, he can come!

• qu'il essaie seulement ! just let him try!

   g. (reprenant ce qui vient d'être dit) que tu crois ! (inf) that's what you think!

• que je l'aide ? tu plaisantes ! me, help him? you must be joking!

• « viens ici ! » qu'il me crie (inf) "come here!" he shouted

• « et pourquoi ? » que je lui fais (inf) "why's that?" I go to him (inf)

   h. (locutions)

► que... ne

• ils pourraient me supplier que je n'accepterais pas even if they begged me I wouldn't accept

• j'avais déjà fini de déjeuner qu'elle n'avait pas commencé I'd already finished my lunch and she hadn't even started► que oui ! yes indeed!

• il était fâché ? -- que oui ! was he angry? -- he certainly was!► que non ! certainly not!

• tu viens ? -- que non ! are you coming? -- no I am not!

2. <

• que tu es lent ! you're so slow!

• que de voitures ! there's so much traffic!

• que d'erreurs ! there are so many mistakes!

► qu'est-ce que (exclamatif)

qu'est-ce qu'il est bête ! he's such an idiot!

• qu'est-ce qu'il joue bien ! doesn't he play well!

3. <

   a. (antécédent personne)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• la fille qu'il a rencontrée là-bas the girl he met there

• les enfants que tu vois là-bas the children you see there

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner une personne en anglais, il y a trois possibilités: whom, qui est d'un registre soutenu, who qui n'est pas correct, mais très fréquemment utilisé, et that.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le philosophe qu'il admirait the philosopher whom he admired

• les ouvriers qu'ils vont licencier the workers that or who (inf) they're going to sack

   b. (antécédent animal ou chose)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Le pronom relatif que n'est souvent pas traduit.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• j'ai déjà les livres qu'il m'a offerts I've already got the books he gave me

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque l'on utilise un pronom relatif pour désigner un animal ou une chose en anglais, il y a deux possibilités: that et which, qui s'utilise surtout pour des choses.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• le chaton qu'il a trouvé the kitten (that) he found

• la raison qu'il a donnée the reason (that or which) he gave

   c. (en incise)

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Lorsque la relative est en incise, on n'emploie jamais that, mais which pour une chose et who(m) pour une personne.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• un certain M. Leduc, que je ne connais pas, m'a appelé a certain Mr Leduc, who (inf) or whom I don't know, called me

• la lettre, que j'ai postée lundi, est arrivée vendredi the letter, which I posted on Monday, arrived on Friday

   d. (temps) when

• un jour que le soleil brillait one day when the sun was shining

   e. (autres) quel homme charmant que votre voisin ! what a charming man your neighbour is!

• tout distrait qu'il est, il s'en est aperçu absent-minded though he is, he still noticed it

• c'est un inconvénient que de ne pas avoir de voiture it's a disadvantage not to have a car

4. <

what

• que fais-tu ? what are you doing?

• qu'en sais-tu ? what do you know about it?

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Dans les cas où il y a un choix, on emploie which.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• que préfères-tu, de la compote ou un crème caramel ? which would you prefer, stewed fruit or crème caramel?

► qu'est-ce que (interrogatif) what

• qu'est-ce que tu fais ? what are you doing?

• qu'est-ce que tu préfères, le rouge ou le noir ? which do you prefer, the red one or the black one?► qu'est-ce qui what

• qu'est-ce qui l'a mis en colère ? what made him so angry?

* * *

1.

( qu' before vowel or mute h) kə conjonction

1) ( reprenant une autre conjonction)

comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi — since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why

si vous venez et que vous ayez le temps — if you come and (if you) have the time

2)

je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise — I'm worried (that) you might do something silly

qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte — we were already well aware that he's the best

approche, que je te regarde — come closer so I can look at you

que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non — whether you like it or not

il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police — no sooner had he left than she called the police

j'avais déjà lu dix pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé — I had already read ten pages while he hadn't even started

que tout le monde sorte! — everyone must leave!

qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais... — you must excuse me but...

que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent — let anyone who hasn't understood say so

qu'on le pende! — hang him!

qu'il crève! — (sl) let him rot! (colloq)

que je leur prête ma voiture! — you expect me to lend them my car!

que je sache — as far as I know

2.

pronom interrogatif what

que dire? — what can you ou one say?

que faire? — ( maintenant) what shall I/we do?; ( au passé) what could I/we do?

je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit — I don't know what he said

qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? — what's that?

3.

pronom relatif

1) ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent)

Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier — Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday

c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue — she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen

2) ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent)

je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée — I don't like the car (that) you've bought

3) ( employé comme attribut) that

la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue — the old lady she is today

4.

adverbe

que vous êtes jolie! — how pretty you are!

que c'est difficile! — how difficult it is!

que c'est joli! — it's so pretty!

ce que vous êtes jolie! — you're so pretty!

que de monde! — what a lot of people!

‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’ - ‘oh que si!’ — ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’ - ‘yes I have!’

‘tu en as besoin?’ - ‘que oui!’ — ‘do you need it’ - ‘I certainly do!’

••

que conjonction de subordination se traduit généralement par that: elle a dit qu'elle le ferait = she said that she would do it; il est important qu'ils se rendent compte que ce n'est pas simple it's important that they should realize that it's not simple

On notera que that est souvent omis: je pense qu'il devrait changer de métier = I think he should change jobs

Quand que suit un verbe exprimant un souhait, une volonté, l'anglais utilise un infinitif: je voudrais que tu ranges ta chambre = I'd like you to tidy your room; elle veut qu'il fasse un stage de formation = she wants him to do a training course

On trouvera ci-dessous quelques exemples supplémentaires mais on pourra toujours se reporter aux verbes, adjectifs et substantifs qui peuvent être suivis de que, comme montrer, comprendre, apparaître, certain, évident, idée etc. De même les locutions ainsi que, alors que, bien que sont traitées respectivement sous ainsi, alors, bien. Pour les emplois de que avec ne, plus, moins etc on se reportera à ne, plus, moins etc

que pronom relatif se traduit différemment selon qu'il a pour antécédent un nom de personne: l'homme que je vois = the man that I can see; = the man I can see; = the man who I can see; = the man whom I can see; les amis que j'ai invités = the friends that I've invited; = the friends I've invited; = the friends who I have invited; = the friends whom I have invited (dans les deux cas ci-dessus la traduction avec whom appartient au registre de la langue écrite); ou un nom de chose, concept, animal: le chien que je vois = the dog that I can see; = the dog I can see; = the dog which I can see; l'invitation que j'ai reçue = the invitation that I received; = the invitation I received; = the invitation which I received. Voir III ci-dessous

* * *
kə
1. conj

1) (introduisant complétive) that

Il sait que tu es là. — He knows you're here., He knows that you're here.

vouloir que — to want

Je veux que tu acceptes. — I want you to agree.

Je veux que tu viennes. — I want you to come.

Il a dit que oui. — He said he would.

2) (reprise d'autres conjonctions)

Quand il rentrera et qu'il aura mangé... — When he gets back and has eaten...

Si vous y allez ou que vous... — If you go there or if you...

3) (en tête de phrase) (hypothèse)

qu'il le veuille ou non — whether he likes it or not, (souhait)

qu'il fasse ce qu'il voudra! — let him do what he wants!

4) (but) (= de sorte que) so, so that

Tenez-le, qu'il ne tombe pas. — Hold it so it doesn't fall., Hold it so that it doesn't fall.

5) (après comparatif) than

plus... que — more... than

C'est plus difficile que je ne le pensais. — It's more difficult than I thought.

Il est plus grand que moi. — He's bigger than me.

6) (équivalence) as

aussi... que — as... as

Elle est aussi jolie que sa sœur. — She's as pretty as her sister.

Le train est aussi cher que l'avion. — The train is as expensive as the plane.

See:

plus; aussi; autant

7) (restriction)

ne... que (= seulement) — only

Il ne boit que de l'eau. — He only drinks water.

Je ne l'ai vu qu'une fois. — I've only seen him once.

8) (avec locution adverbiale de temps)

à peine... que; Elle venait à peine de sortir qu'il se mit à pleuvoir. — She had just gone out when it started to rain., No sooner had she gone out than it started to rain.

il y a... que; ça fait... que; Il y a 4 ans qu'il est parti.; Ça fait 4 ans qu'il est parti. — It is 4 years since he left.

See:

fois

2. adv

(exclamation)

qu'il est...; Qu'il est bête!; Qu'est-ce qu'il est bête! — He's so silly!

Qu'il court vite!; Qu'est-ce qu'il court vite! — He runs so fast!

que de... — such a lot of..., so many...

Que de livres! — What a lot of books!

Quel bonheur et que de bons souvenirs! — Such happiness and so many wonderful memories!

3. pron

1) (relatif) (personne) that, whom

la dame que j'ai rencontrée hier — the lady I met yesterday, the lady that I met yesterday

l'homme que je vois — the man I can see, the man that I can see

2) (chose) that, which

Le gâteau qu'elle a fait est délicieux. — The cake she made is delicious., The cake that she made is delicious., The cake which she made is delicious.

le livre que tu vois — the book you see, the book that you see, the book which you see

3) (temps) (= où)

un jour que j'étais... — a day when I was...

4) (interrogatif) what

Que vas-tu lui dire? — What are you going to tell him?

Que fais-tu? — What are you doing?

Que préfères-tu? — What do you prefer?

Qu'est-ce que...? — What...?

Qu'est-ce que tu fais? — What are you doing?

Qu'est-ce que c'est? (en désignant qch) — What is it?, What's that?, (en entendant qch) What's that?

Que faire? — What can you do?

* * *

que ⇒ Note d'usage (qu' before vowel or mute h)

A conj

1 ( reprenant une autre conjonction) comme tu ne veux pas venir et que tu ne veux pas dire pourquoi since you refuse to come and (since you) refuse to say why; si vous venez et que vous avez le temps if you come and (if you) have the time;

2 je crains que tu (ne) fasses une bêtise I'm worried (that) you might do something silly; le fait qu'il se soit enfui prouve sa culpabilité the fact that he has run away is proof of his guilt; qu'il soit le meilleur, nous nous en sommes déjà rendu compte we were already well aware that he's the best; taisez- vous que j'entende ce qu'il dit stop talking so (that) I can hear what he's saying; approche, que je te regarde come closer so I can look at you; qu'il pleuve et toute la récolte est détruite if it rains the harvest will be ruined; que vous le vouliez ou non, que cela vous plaise ou non whether you like it or not; il voudrait faire échouer le projet qu'il ne s'y prendrait pas autrement if he wanted to ruin the project he couldn't have chosen a better way to do it; il l'aurait fait qu'il ne voudrait pas l'admettre even if he did do it he wouldn't admit it; il n'était pas sitôt parti qu'elle appela la police no sooner had he left than she called the police; vous dormiez encore que j'avais déjà fait une longue promenade you were still asleep, while I had already been for a long walk; j'avais déjà lu 10 pages qu'il n'avait toujours pas commencé I had already read 10 pages while he hadn't even started; il ne se passe pas de jour qu'il ne pleuve not a day goes by without rain ou when it doesn't rain; que tout le monde sorte! everyone must leave!; qu'on veuille bien m'excuser mais… you must excuse me but…; qu'il se taise! I wish he would be quiet!; que n'êtes vous-arrivés hier soir! fml if only you'd arrived last night!; que ceux qui n'ont pas compris le disent let anyone who hasn't understood say so; qu'on le pende! hang him!; qu'il crève◑! let him rot○!, he can rot○!; que j'aille le voir! you expect me to go and see him!; que je leur prête ma voiture! you expect me to lend them my car!; que je sache as far as I know;

3 ◑( à la place de l'inversion du sujet) et alors? que je lui ai dit so? I said to him; approche! qu'il m'a dit come closer! he says to me○.

B pron inter what; que fais-tu ? what are you doing?; que dire? what can you ou one say?; que faire? ( maintenant) what shall I do?, what am I to do?; ( au passé) what could I do?, what was I to do?; que veux-tu pour ton anniversaire? what do you want for your birthday?; qu'est-ce que tu en penses? what do you think?; je ne sais que dire I don't know what to say; je ne sais pas ce qu'il a dit I don't know what he said; que sont ces traces? what are those tracks?; qu'est-ce que c'est que ça? what's that?; qu'importe? what does it matter?

C pron rel

1 ( ayant un nom de personne pour antécédent) Pierre, que je n'avais pas vu depuis 20 ans, est venu me voir hier Pierre, whom I had not seen for 20 years, came to see me yesterday; c'est la plus belle femme que j'aie jamais vue she's the most beautiful woman (that) I've ever seen;

2 ( ayant un nom de chose ou d'animal pour antécédent) je n'aime pas la voiture que tu as achetée I don't like the car (that) you've bought; le livre qu'il a écrit juste après la guerre the book that he wrote just after the war; les photos que vous regardez ont été prises à Rome the photographs that ou which you are looking at were taken in Rome; c'est la plus belle fleur que j'aie jamais vue it's the most beautiful flower (that) I've ever seen;

3 ( employé comme attribut) that; la vieille dame qu'elle est devenue the old lady that she has become; énervé qu'il était il n'a pu terminer son discours he was so worked up that he couldn't finish his speech; de petite fille sage qu'elle était elle est devenue une petite peste she's changed from the good little girl that she was into a real pest; bête que je suis fool that I am; stupide que tu es! you silly thing!

D adv que vous êtes jolie! how pretty you are!; que c'est difficile/ennuyeux how difficult/boring it is; que c'est joli it's so pretty; ce que vous êtes jolie! you're so pretty!; que de monde/d'eau what a lot of people/water; qu'avait-il besoin de faire? why did he have to do?; que ne le disais-tu plus tôt? fml why didn't you say so earlier?; ‘vous ne leur en avez pas parlé?’-‘oh que si!’ ‘haven't you spoken to them about it?’-‘oh yes I have!’; que non! definitely not!; ‘tu en as besoin?’-‘que oui!’ ‘do you need it’-‘indeed I do!’; c'était une époque turbulente que le XVI^e siècle what a turbulent period the 16th century was.

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) adverbe

1. [combien]

que tu es naïf! you're so naive!, aren't you naive!

que de bruit ici! it's so noisy here!, what a lot of noise there is in here!

que de choses à faire dans une maison! there are so many things to do in a house!

qu'il a un grand nez! he's got such a big nose!

qu'est-ce que tu es bête! (familier) you're (ever) so stupid!

qu'est-ce qu'il m'a déçu! (familier) he really disappointed me!

2. [exprimant l'indignation]

que m'importent ses états d'âme! what do I care about what he feels!

(soutenu) [pourquoi] why

que ne l'as-tu (pas) dit plus tôt! why didn't you say so earlier?, I wish you had said so ou that earlier!

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) pronom relatif

1. [représente une personne] whom (soutenu), who, that

la fille qu'il a épousée the girl (whom) he married

sa sœur, que je n'avais pas vue depuis 10 ans, était là aussi her sister, whom ou who I hadn't seen for 10 years, was there too

la femme qu'elle était devenue the woman (that) she'd become

2. [représente un animal] which, that

3. [représente une chose, une idée] which, that

le contrat que j'ai signé the contract (which) ou that I signed

je ne suis pas la seule, que je sache I'm not the only one as far as I know

4. [pour souligner une caractéristique]

malheureux que vous êtes! you unfortunate man!

fatiguée qu'elle était, elle continuait à l'aider tired though ou as she was, she carried on helping him

de timide qu'il était, il est devenu expansif once a shy man, he's now an extrovert

toute jaune qu'elle était, l'eau! (familier) the water was all yellow, really it was!

en bon père/électricien qu'il était being the good father/electrician he was

bel exploit que le sien! what he's done is quite a feat!

une chance, que cette panne! very lucky, this breakdown!

5. [dans des expressions de temps, de durée]

ça fait deux heures que j'attends I've been waiting for two hours

un soir qu'il faisait très chaud one very hot evening, one evening when the weather was very hot

le temps que tu te prépares, il sera trop tard by the time you're ready it'll be too late

il n'y a pas longtemps qu'elle l'a vendu it wasn't long ago that she sold it

il y a bien longtemps que je le sais I've known for a long time

chaque fois que je m'absente, il téléphone every time I'm out he phones

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) pronom interrogatif

1. [dans le discours direct] what

qu'y a-t-il? what's the matter?

que devient-elle? what's become of her?

qu'est-ce que je vois/j'entends? [ton menaçant ou hum] what is this I see/hear?

qu'est-ce qui t'arrive? what's the matter with you?

qu'est-ce que la liberté? what is freedom?

2. [dans le discours indirect] what

————————

[kə] (devant voyelle ou 'h' muet qu' [k]) conjonction

1. [après des verbes déclaratifs ou des verbes d'évaluation] that

je sais que je peux le faire I know (that) I can do it

il est possible que je revienne I may come back

exigez qu'on vous indemnise demand compensation ou to be compensated

elle murmura qu'elle devait s'en aller she whispered that she had to go

[en début de proposition]

que leur fils ait fugué, cela ne devrait pas nous surprendre the fact that their son ran away shouldn't come as a surprise to us

que tu pleures ne changera rien your ou you crying won't change anything

2. (à valeur circonstancielle) [et déjà] than

il n'a pas fini de lire un roman qu'il en commence un autre no sooner has he finished one novel than he starts reading another

[afin que] so that

approche-toi, que je te voie mieux come closer so that I can see you better

[à tel point que]

elle tousse que ça réveille tout le monde (familier) she coughs so much (that) she wakes everybody up

il est têtu que ça en devient un vrai problème (familier) he's so ou that stubborn (that) it's a real problem

[dialecte: parce que]

ne viens pas, que si je te vois je te tue! don't come, 'cos if I see you I'll kill you!

3. (suivi du subjonctif) [pour formuler un ordre, un souhait, une éventualité]

qu'elle parle!

a. [faites-la parler] make her talk!

b. [laissez-la parler] let her speak!

que l'on apporte à boire! bring some drinks!

eh bien, qu'il s'en aille s'il n'est pas content! he can leave if he doesn't like it!

que Dieu nous pardonne may God forgive us

qu'il m'attaque et je dis tout just let him (try and) attack me, and I'll reveal everything

4. (soutenu) [dans une double hypothèse]

il me l'interdirait que je le ferais quand même I would do it even if he forbade me to

5. [répète la conjonction précédente]

quand je serai grande et que j'aurai un métier when I'm grown up and (I) have a job

6. [formule de présentation et d'insistance]

je croyais l'affaire faite et voilà qu'elle n'est pas d'accord I thought the deal was clinched and now I find she disagrees

si je n'ai rien dit, c'est que je craignais de te vexer if I said nothing, it was because I was afraid of upsetting you

que oui! oh yes indeed!

que non! certainly not!

tu n'iras pas — que si! you won't go — oh yes I will ou I will too!

que tu crois/dis! (familier) that's what YOU think/say!

7. [dans une formule interrogative]

est-ce que tu viendras? will you come?

comment qu'il a fait? (familier) how did he manage?

————————

que... ne locution conjonctive

without

aucune décision n'est prise que je ne sois préalablement consulté no decision is made without my being consulted first

————————

que... ou non locution conjonctive

whether... or not

que tu me croies ou non whether you believe me or not

————————

que... (ou) que locution conjonctive

whether... or

qu'il fasse beau, qu'il pleuve, je sors me promener come rain or come shine, I go out for a walk

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > que

16 εἰμί

εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans³-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.² 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.

① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).

② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.

ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.

ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.

ⓒ in explanations:

α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.

β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.

③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be

ⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.

ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.

ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.

ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).

④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.

⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.

⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.

⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).

⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.

⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.

⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.

⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.² 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).

ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.

ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).

α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).

β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.

γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).

ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).

ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.

ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.

ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

17 попросту говоря

1) General subject: speak plainly, put in plainly, basically, in hand-waving terms

2) Mathematics: put very simply (...)

3) Advertising: simply put

4) Makarov: in homely phrase, pure and simple

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > попросту говоря

18 ER

I) (older form es), rel. part. in old poems and in law phrases ‘es’ is suffixed to a demonstrative or interrogative word, pron. or adv., as s: sás, sús, þats, þeims, þærs; þars, þás, þegars, síðans, hveims, hvars, &c., = sá es, sú es, þar es, þá es, &c.

I. used as a rel. pron., indecl., who, which, that;

1) Mörðr hét maðr, er (nom.) kallaðr var gígja;

grös fögr, er (acc.) hón hafði í hendi;

aðra hluti þá, er (gen.) menn vildu visir verða;

þann einn son, er (dat.) hann ann lítit;

2) with a prep. placed at the end of the sentence;

land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from;

jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (viz. honum), whose head was of stone;

3) ellipt., the prep. being understood;

ór þeim ættum, er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), from the quarter that I thought the birds flew from;

þeir hafa nú látit líf sitt, er mér þykkir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), whom I think it is not worth while to outlive;

4) a personal or demonstr. pron. may be added to the rel. part., er þú, er þik; er hann, er hón, er hana, er hans, er hennar, er þeim, er þeiri, er þeira, etc.;

œrr ertu, Loki, er þú (who) yðra telr ljóta leiðstafi;

sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes;

nema ein Goðrún, er hón æva grét, who never wept;

ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar (whose husband) varð sóttdauðr;

þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom are tributary kings;

5) in the fourteenth century added to the int. pron., hverr;

þat herbergi, í hverju er hann ( in which = er hann í því) hefir sitt ráð ok ræðr;

II. as a conj. and adv.

1) local, er, þar er, there where;

hann sá á eldinum fölskann, er netit hafði brunnit, where the net had been burnt;

Ó. gekk þar til, er H. lá, to the spot where H. lay;

2) of time, er, þá er, when;

ok er, and when;

en er, but when;

þar til er, until;

í því er, just when;

eptir (þat) er, when;

þegar er, as soon as (þegar er lýsti, stóð konungr upp);

síðan er, since;

meðan er, while;

næst er vér kómum, next when we came;

þá lét í hamrinum, sem er reið gengr, as when it thunders;

3) = at, that;

ok fannst þat á öllu, er hón þóttist vargefin, that she thought she was thrown away;

ek em þess sæll, er okkart félag sleit, I am happy that;

skyldi fara fyrst leyniliga, en þó kom þar, er allir vissu, but it came to this, that every one knew of it.

II) from vera.

* * *

1.

old form es, mod. sometimes eð, but usually ‘er;’ indecl. Particle used as relat. pron. or as relat. adv.; in very old MSS. always es, and rhymed so by old poets; in the 12th century it changed into er. In poems and in law phrases the particle ‘es’ is suffixed to the pronoun or adverb, as s or z, e. g. thus: as pron., sá’s = sá es (so in ‘people’s Engl.’ he as, him as, for he who, etc.), Hkr. iii. 11 (Sighvat); dat. þeim’s = þeim es, illi qui, Hm. 3, Fms. vi. 38 (Sighvat); acc. masc. þann’z or þann’s = þann es, illum qui, Vsp. 45 (MS.), Od. i, Hm. 44, 120, Hým. 39, Am. 90; neut. þatz = þat es, illud quod, Hm. 39, Am. 37, Hkv. Hjörv. 3, Fms. iii. 9 (Hallfred): as conj. or adv., hvárt’z … eða = hvárt es … eða, utrum … an, Grág. (Ed. 1853); hvárt’z hann vill at reiða eða …, i. 25, 145, 152, 155, 156, 161, 233, ii. 50: as adv., þegar’s = þegar es, as soon as, Grág. (Ed. 1853) i. 94, Am. 30; síðan’s = síðan es, since (Old Engl. sithens, sithence), 78; even sem’s = sem es, Am. 103; hvar’s = hvar es, wherever, 47, Mork. 138, Hm. 138; hve’s = hve es, however, 140 (MS. hvers), Skálda 190 (in a verse); þar’s = þar es, there where, i. e. where, Grág. i. 46, 153, Hm. 66, Hbl. 60, Gm. 8, Ls. 50, Mork. 18, 34, 37, 62, 170, Skálda 189 (Bragi), Edda (Ht.) 124, where this anastrophe is called bragar-mál, poetical diction; hvarge’s = hvarge es, wherever, Grág. ii. 44. The Icel. has no relat. pron. but only the relat. particles er and sem, both of them indecl. in gender, case, and number; in simple sentences the sense (gender etc.) is clear from the context; and the language has certain expedients to meet the deficiency.

A. Used as relat. pron. which, who, that:

I. used alone, where there is perhaps an ellipse of the demonstrative, er = er hann (þeir, þær, þeim, etc.);

α. nom., á þeim bæ, er Abia heitir, 625. 83; Mörðr hét maðr, er kallaðr var Gigja, Nj. 1; hann átti dóttur eina, er Unnr hét, id.; þá skulu þeir, er fær eru ( who are) saman, Grág. i. 9; maðr, er þessa þurfi, id.; at þeim svörum, er verða, 19; lið þat, er þeim hafðI þangat fylgt, Fms. i. 62; konur þær, er völfur vóru kallaðar, iii. 212; þeim unga manni, er þar sitr hjá þér, id.

β. acc., þingfesti manna þeirra, er ( quos) menn vilja sækja, Grág. i. 19; sakar þeirrar, er ( quam) ek hefi höfðað, id.

γ. gen., aðra hluti þá, er ( quorum) menn viidu vísir verða, Fms. iii. 212.

δ. dat., þann einn, er ( cui) hann ann lítið, Fms. i. 86.

ε. joined to a demonstrative; allir Þrændir, þeir er …, all the Th., who …, Fms. i. 62.

II. with a prep., which, as often in Engl., is placed at the end of the sentence; er hann kom til, whom he came to; land, er hann kom frá, the land he came from; so Lat. quocum venit = er hann kom með sub quibus = er … undir; in quibus = er … í, etc.: the prep. may also be a penultimate, e. g. the phrase, er mér er á ván, wlich I have a hope of; or, er hann var yfir settr, whom he was set over, etc.; this use of the pronoun is undoubtedly elliptical, the corresponding demonstrative pronoun being left out, although the ellipse is not felt; þvengrinn sá er muðrinn Loka var saman rifjaðr með (Kb. omits the prep.), the lace that the mouth of Loki was stitched with, Edda 71; öðrum höfðingjum, þeim er honum þótti liðs at ván (that is to say, þeim, er honum þótti liðs van at þeim), at whose hands, i. e. from whom he thought help likely to come, Fms. i; þeir er ek mæli þetta til (= er ek mæli þetta til þeirra), those to whom I speak, xi. 12; er engi hefir áðr til orðit, Nj. 190; in stórúðgi jötunn, er ór steini var höfuðit á (= er ór steini var höfuðit á honum), whose head was of stone. Hbl. 15; því er vér urðum á sáttir, Fms. xi. 34; við glugg þann í loptinu, er fuglinn hafðI áðr við setið. the window close to which the bird sat. Eg.: nokkurum þeim höfðingja, er mér sé eigandi vinátta við (viz. þá). Ó. H. 78: þá sjón, er mér þykir mikils um vert (viz. hana), 74; er mér þat at sýn orðit, er ek hefi opt heyrt frá sagt (= frá því sagt), 57; til vatns þess, er Á en Helga fellr ór, 163: til kirkju þeirra, es bein eru færð til, Grág. i. 13 new Ed.

2. ellipt. the prep. being understood, esp. to avoid the repetition of it; ekirinn sá er brendr vár Ásgarðr (viz. með), Edda (pref.); hann gékk til herbergis þess, er konungr var inni (viz. í), he went to the house that the king was in, Ó. H. 160, Fb. iii. 251; dyrr þær, er ganga mátti upp á húsit (viz. gegnum, through), the doors through which one could walk up to the house, Eg. 421; ór þeim ættum er mér þóttu fuglarnir fljúga (viz. ór), the airt ( quarter) that I thought the birds flew from, Ísl. ii. 196; yfir þeim manni, er Mörðr hafði sök sína fram sagt (viz. yfir), the man over whose head ( to whom) Mord had pleaded his suit, Nj. 242; þrjú þing, þau er menn ætluðu (viz. á), three parliaments, in ( during) which men thought …, 71; nær borg þeirri, er konungr sat (viz. í), near the town the king resided in, Eg. 287; Montakassin, er dyrkast Benedictus, Monte Cassino, where B. is worshipped, Fms. xi. 415; þeir hafa nú látið lif sitt fyrir skömmu, er mér þykir eigi vert at lifa (viz. eptir), they, whom methinks it is not worth while to outlive, 150; fara eptir með hunda, er þeir vóru vanir at spyrja þá upp (viz. með), er undan hljópusk, they pursued with hounds, that they were wont to pick up fugitives with, i. e. with bloodbounds, v. 145; þat er í þrem stöðum, er dauðum má sök gefa (viz. í), it is in three places that a man can be slain with impunity, N. G. L. i. 62; þat er í einum stað, er maðr hittir (viz. í), it is in one place that …, id.

III. a demonstrative pron. may be added to the relat. particle, e. g. er þeirra = quorum, er þeim = quibus, er hans, er hennar = cujus; but this is chiefly used in old translations from Lat., being rarely found in original writings; þann konung, er undir honum eru skatt-konungar, that king under whom vassals serve, Edda 93; ekkja heitir sú, er búandi hennar ( whose husband) varð sótt-dauðr; hæll er sú kona kölluð er búandi hennar er veginn, 108; sú sam-stafa, er raddar-stafr hennar er náttúrlega skammr, that syllable, the vowel of which is naturally short, Skálda 179; sá maðr, er hann vill, that man who wishes, Grág. i. 19; sá maðr, er hann skal fasta, 36; nema ein Guðrún, er hón æva grét, G. that never wailed, Gh. 40; þess manns, er hann girnisk, Hom. 54; sæl er sú bygghlaða … er ór þeirri …, felix est illud horreum … unde …, Hom. 15; engi er hærri speki en sú, er í þeirri …, nulla melior est sapientia quam ea, qua …, 28; varðveita boðorð hans, fyrir þann er vér erum skapaðir, ejusque mandata custodire, per quem creati sumus, 28; harða göfugr er háttr hófsemi, fyrir þá er saman stendr …, nobilis virtus est valde temperantia, per quam …, id.; elskendum Guð þann er svá mælti, Deum diligentibus qui ait, id.; skírn Græðara várs, er í þeirri, 56; er á þeim = in quibus, 52: rare in mod. writers, enginn kann að játa eðr iðrast réttilega þeirrar syndar, er hann þekkir ekki stærð hennar og ílsku, Vídal. i. 226.

IV. in the 14th century, the relat. pron. hverr was admitted, but by adding the particle er; yet it has never prevailed, and no relative pronoun is used in Icel. (except that this pronoun occurs in the N. T. and sermons, e. g. Luke xi. 1, whose blood Pilate had mingled, is rendered hverra blóði Pilatus hafði blandað; an old translator would have said, er P. hafði blandað blóði þeirra): hvern er þeir erfðu, M. K. 156; hverjar er hón lauk mér, id.; af hverju er hann megi marka, Stj. 114; hvat er tákna mundi, Fms. xi. 12.

V. the few following instances are rare and curious, er þú, er ek, er mér, er hón; and are analogous to the Germ. der ich, der du, I that, thou that; in Hm. l. c. ‘er’ is almost a superfluous enclitic, eyvitar fyrna er maðr annan skal, Hm. 93; sáttir þínar er ek vil snemma hafa, Alm. 7; ójafnt skipta er þú mundir, Hbl. 25; þrár hafðar er ek hefi, Fsm. 50; auði frá er mér ætluð var, sandi orpin sæng, Sl. 49; lauga-vatn er mér leiðast var eitt allra hluta, 50; ærr ertu Loki, er þú yðra telr, Ls. 29, cp. 21, Og. 12, Hkv. 2. 32; tröll, er þik bíta eigi járn, Ísl. ii. 364. ☞ This want of a proper relat. pron. has probably preserved Icel. prose from foreign influences; in rendering Lat. or mod. Germ. into Icel. almost every sentence must be altered and broken up in order to make it vernacular.

B. Conj. and adv. joined with a demonstrative particle, where, when:

1. loc., þar er, there where = ubi; þar er hvárki sé akr né eng, Grág. i. 123; hvervetna þess, er, N. G. L. passim.

2. temp. when; ok er, and when; en er, but when: þá er, then when; þar til er, until, etc., passim; annan dag, er menn gengu, Nj. 3; brá þeim mjök við, er þan sá hann, 68; sjaldan fór þá svá, er vel vildi, Ld. 290; ok í því er Þórgils, and in the nick of time when Th., id.: þá lét í hamrinum sem er ( as when) reið gengr, Ísl. ii. 434; næst er vér kómum, next when we came, Eg. 287; þá er vér, when we, id.

II. conj. that (vide ‘at’ II, p. 29); þat er (is) mitt ráð er ( that) þú kallir til tals, Eg. 540; ok þat, er hann ætlar, Nj. 7: ok fansk þat á öllu, er ( that) hon þóttisk vargefin, 17; en þessi er (is) frásögn til þess, er ( that) þeir vóru Heljar-skinn kallaðir, Sturl. i. 1; ok finna honum þá sök, er (en MS.) hann hafði verit, that he had been, Fms. vii. 331; af hverju er hann megi marka, from which he may infer, Stj. 135; hvárt er (en MS.) er (is) ungr eða gamall, either that he is young or old, N. G. L. i. 349; spurði hann at, hvárt er, asked him whether, Barl. 92; mikill skaði, er slíkr maðr, that such a man, Fms. vi. 15; hlægligt mér þat þykkir, er ( that) þú þinn harm tínir, Am. 53; er þér gengsk illa, that it goes ill with thee, 53, 89; hins viltú geta, er ( that) vit Hrungnir deildum, Hbl. 15.

2. denoting cause; er dóttir mín er hörð í skapi, for that my daughter is hard of heart, Nj. 17.

β. er þó, although, Skálda 164.

3. þegar er, as soon as, when, Fms. iv. 95, cp. þegar’s above: alls er þú ert, for that thou art, i. 305; síðan er, since, after that, Grág. i. 135; en siðan er Freyr hafði heygðr verít, Hkr. (pref.); but without ‘er,’ N. G. L. i. 342. In the earliest and best MSS. distinction is made between eptir er ( postquam), þegar er ( quum), meðan er ( dum), síðan er ( postquam), and on the other hand eptir ( post), þegar ( jam), meðan ( interdum), síðan (post, deinde); cp. meðan’s, síðan’s, þegar’s, above; but in most old MSS. and writers the particle is left out, often, no doubt, merely from inaccuracy in the MSS., or even in the editions, (in MSS. ‘er’ is almost always spelt  and easily overlooked): again, in mod. usage the particle ‘at, að,’ is often used as equivalent to ‘er,’ meðan að, whilst; síðan að, since that; þegar að, postquam, (vide ‘at’ V, p. 29.)

2.

3rd pers. pres. is, vide vera.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ER

19 JAFN

equal

* * *

a.

1) even; jöfn tala, even number;

2) equal, the same; þínar (viz. ferðir) verða flestar jafnastar, thy doings are mostly the same, all equally bad; hann var ellefu vetra ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age; jafn e-m, equal to one; jafnt er sem þér sýnist, af er fótrinn, it is just as it appears to thee, the leg is off; komast til jafns við e-n, hafa e-t til jafns við e-n, to equal one, be one’s match in a thing; at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares.

* * *

adj., also spelt jamn, f. jöfn, neut. jafnt, often spelt as well as proncd. jamt; compar. jafnari, superl. jafnastr: [Ulf. ibns, Luke vi. 17; A. S. efen; Engl. and Dutch even; old Fr. ivin; O. H. G. eban; mod. Germ. eben; Dan. jevn; Swed. jemn; akin to Lat. aequus by interchange of palatal and labial, see Grimm’s Dict. s. v. eben]:—even, equal, but, like Lat. aequus, mostly in a metaph. sense, for sléttr (q. v.) answers to Lat. planus; often followed by a dat., jafn e-u, equal to a thing, in comparison:

I. equal, equal to; jöfn eyri (dat.) gulls, K. Þ. K. 72; jafn Guði, equal to God; jafn mér, passim.

2. equal, the same; enda er jöfn helgi hans meðan hann ferr svá með sér, Grág. i. 93; ella er jöfn sök við hann fram á leið, 322; at ek verða jafn drengr í hvert sinn, Sd. 188; þínar verða flestar jafnastar, thy acts are mostly the same, i. e. all bad, Fms. viii. 409.

3. fixed, unchanged; með jafnri leigu, jöfnum kaupum, jöfnum skildaga, Rétt. 2. 7, Stat. 264, Fb. ii. 137; hann var ellefu vetra eðr tíu, ok sterkr at jöfnum aldri, and strong for his age, Eg. 188, 592; eiga þeir jöfnum höndum (see hönd) allt þat er þeir taka, Grág. ii. 66.

4. even, even-tempered; jafn ok úmíslyndr, Mar.: of numbers, jöfn tala, even in tale, equal, opp. to odda-tala, Alg. 356.

II. neut. jafnt or jamt, almost adverbially, equally, just; jafnt utan sem innan, Grág. i. 392: as, just as, ok hafa eitt atferli báðar jamt, both together, both alike, Fms. xi. 137; jafnt er sem þér sýnisk (‘tis as it appears, indeed), af er fótrinn, Nj. 97; jafnt þrælar sem frjálsir menn, Fms. i. 113: jamt sem, just as, equally as; jafnt sem í fjórðungs-dómi, jamt skal eiga féránsdóm eptir fjörbaugs-mann sem eptir skógar-mann, Grág. i. 87; skal hann láta virða fé þat jamt sem úmaga-eyri, 189; menn skulu svá sakir hluta, jamt sem á alþingi, 122; jafnt hefir komit er þú spáðir, it has happened just as thou didst foretel, Niðrst. 8: ellipt., ok skal hann þá jamt (sem þeir) allri bót upp halda, Grág. ii. 182.

2. temp. at the same time, just; ek skíri þik, ok nefna barn, í nafni Föður, ok drepa barninu í vatn um sinn jafnt fram fyrir sik, and dip the bairn each time info the water, K. Þ. K. 10: just, precisely, in the very moment, þat var jamt Jóla-aptan sjálfan er þeir börðusk, Fms. xi. 15; jamt í því hann stakaði. 133.

3. adverb., at jöfnu, equally, in equal shares, Fms. xi. 131.

4. til jafns, vóru þeir engir at né eina íþrótt hefði til jafns við hann, Nj. 46; halda til jafns við e-n, Ld. 40; komask til jafns við e-n, Fb. i. 261.

B. COMPDS:

I. such a, so … a; Karvel jafn-frægum dreng, so fine a fellow as K., Karl. 103; er þat skömm jafn-mörgum mönnum, ‘tis a shame for so many men, Gísl. 51: with the particle sem, jafn-ungr sem hann var, young as he was, i. e. so young as he was for his age, Vápn. 5; vel hafi þér mínu máli komit, jafn-úvænt sem var, Þiðr. 136; kvað þat ekki hæfa á jafn-mikilli hátið sem ( in such a feast as) í hönd ferr, Fb. i. 376; at eigi skyldi Hugon keisari yfir þá stíga jafn-reiðr sem hann varð þeim, Karl. 478; undraðisk hón hversu fríðr ok fagr hann var jafn-gamall maðr ( for his age), Stj. 225; mikill maðr ertú þó Þórir, jafn-gamall, Ó. H. 176; Þórir Oddsson var sterkastr jafn-gamall, Gullþ. 4.

II. mod. phrases such as, það er jafngott fyrir hann, it serves him right; hann er jafngóðr fyrir því, it won’t hurt him; or honum er það jafn-gott, it will do him good, serve him right; vera jafn-nær, to be equally near, i. e. none the better; hann fór jafnnær, it was all of no use.

III. in countless COMPDS (esp. adjectives) with almost any participle or adverb, rarely with verbs and nouns, and denoting equal, as, the same, as seen from the context often followed by a dat., e. g. jafn-gamall e-m, of the same age as another person:—of these compds only some can be noticed: jafn-aldri, a, m. one of the same age, Fms. i. 13, vii. 199, Bs. i. 179, Eg. 25, 84. jafn-auðigr, adj. equally wealthy, Band. 2: equally happy, hann setr hund sinn jafnaudigan okkr undir borði, Bjarn. 27. jafn-auðsær, adj. as perspicuous, Eluc. 41. jafn-auðveldr, adj. as easy, Ld. 78. jafn-ágætr, adj. as good, as noble, Nj. 129. jafn-ákafr, adj. as impetuous, Fms. xi. 137. jafn-beinn, adj. as straight, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-berr, adj. equally bare, Fas. i. 67. jafn-bitinn, part. evenly bitten or grazed, of a field, Gþl. 407. jafn-bitr, jafn-beittr, adj. as sharp, keen. jafn-bjartr, adj. as bright, Nj. 208: neut., Sks. 69. jafn-bjóða, bauð; j. e-m, to be a match for one, Finnb. 260: to be equal to, contest on equal terms with one, Fms. ii. 27, vii. 22; gripr betri en þeim peningum jafnbjóði, 655 xxx. 10. jafn-blíðr, adj. equally mild, Fær. 154. jafn-borinn, part. of equal birth, Ld. 332, Fms. x. 79 (v. l.), Gþl. 133; j. til e-s, having equal birthright to, Fms. vii. 8, x. 407. jafn-brattr, adj. as steep. jafn-brátt, n. adj. as soon, at the same moment, Hom. 114. jafn-breiðr, adj. equally broad, Edda 28, Gþl. 355. jafn-búinn, part. equally ‘boun’ or armed, Fms. ii. 165: ready, prepared, Stj. jafn-deildr, part. equally shared, Hom. 148. jafn-digr, adj. as stout, Sturl. iii. 63. jafn-djúpr, adj. as deep. jafn-djúpvitr, adj. as deep-scheming, Orkn. 214, Hkr. iii. 95. jafn-drengilegr, adj. as gallant, Ísl. ii. 446. jafn-drjúgdeildr, part. going as far, of stores, Sturl. i. 166. jafn-drjúgr, adj. keeping as long, Sturl. i. 216, Rb. 18. jafn-dýrligr, adj. equally splendid, Bs. i. 454. jafn-dýrr, adj. as costly, glorious, of the same price, K. Þ. K. 28, Nj. 56, Grett. 104 A, N. G. L. i. 150, 348. jafn-dægri, n. (mod. jafndægr), the equinox, both dægr (q. v.) being equally long, Edda 103, Rb. 454, 456, 472, and passim: equal length, of day and night, Fb. i. 539; see eykt. jafn-dæmi, n. equal judgment, justice, Fms. vi. 431, Pr. 413. jafn-dæmr, adj. just, giving equal judgment, Rb. 364. jafn-einfaldr, adj. as simple, guileless, Hom. 50. jafn-fagr, adj. as fair, Nj. 112. jafn-fallegr, adj. as handsome. jafn-fastr, adj. equally firm, Grág. i. 7, K. Þ. K. 166: as adv., Fms. x. 270, Finnb. 338. jafn-fáir, adj. as few. jafn-feigr, adj. as fey. jafn-feitr, adj. as fat. jafn-fimlega, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as alert, Fms. ii. 273. jafn-fimr, adj. as alert, Fær. 272, Hkr. i. 291, v. l. jafn-fjær, adv. as far. jafn-fjölmennr, adj. with as many men, Nj. 222. jafn-flatt, n. adj.; fara j., to fare so ill, Fms. vi. 379; see flatr. jafn-fljótr, adj. as swift. jafn-fram, adv. equally forward, side by side: with dat., jafnfram skipi Rúts, Nj. 8: locally, of places, over against, (= gegnt and gagn-vart, q. v.); with dat., er hann kom jafnfram Borgund, Hkr. ii. 309; j. Eiðsvelli, Vermá, Fms. ix. 408; j. gagntaki konungs sonar, j. boðanum, vii. 170, ix. 387 (v. l.): as adv., standa jafnfram, to stand evenly, in a straight line; standa allir j. fyrir konungs borðinu, i. 16, Eg. 581, Nj. 140, Rb. 466, Sturl. iii. 244: temp. at the same moment, of two things happening together, Fms. vi. 24; þeir riðu til þings jafnfram Skeggja, Þórð. 18 new Ed.; hann ferr ávalt jafnfram í frásogn æfi Guðs-sonar, follows parallel in the story, 625. 83: in equal share, taka arf j., Gþl. 248; at the same time, also, hugsa þat j., at the same time consider, Stj. 156; jafnfram sem, jafnfram ok, as soon as, Karl. 158, Pr. 413. jafn-framarla, -framar, -liga, adv. as forward, as far, just as well, Ld. 254, Bs. i. 778. jafn-frammi, adv. = jafnframt, Sks. 364, Sturl. i. 32: temp., Fms. iii. 218. jafn-framt, adv. = jafnfram, Háv. 42: temp., Sturl. i. 1: along with, with dat., Pass. viii. 9: equally, in the same degree, Ld. 62. jafn-fríðr, adj. as fair, Fms. i. 8: as valuable, K. Þ. K. 172. jafn-frjáls, adj. equally free, Fas. iii. 8. jafn-frjálsliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as freely, as liberally, Hkr. i. 78. jafn-fróðr, adj. as wise, as knowing, Sks. 544. jafn-frægr, adj. as famous, Fas. i. 277. jafn-frækn, adj. equally gallant, Edda. jafn-fullr, adj. as full, Grág. i. 20, 68, Gþl. 477. jafn-fúinn, adj. equally rotten, jafn-fúss, adj. equally willing, Sturl. i. 190. jafn-færr, adj. as able, Nj. 97. jafn-fætis, adv. on equal footing; standa j. e-m, Sturl. ii. 134, Hkr. ii. 153. jafn-gamall, adj. of the same age, Ld. 108, Fms. i. 60, xi. 96. jafn-geði, n. evenness of temper, Sks. 435. jafn-gefinn, part. equally given to, Fas. i. 268. jafn-gegnt, adv. just opposite to, Sks. 63, Fms. ix. 463; see gegnt. jafn-girnd, f. and jafn-girni, f. fairness, equity, Sks. 273, 639, Hom. 17. jafn-gjarn, adj. as eager, Hom. 19: as equitable, Sks. 355, Hom. 135, Karl. 495. jafn-gjarna (- gjarnliga), adv. as willingly, as readily, Fms. iii. 45 (v. l.), ix. 508, Stj. jafn-glaðr, adj. as glad, as cheerful, Eb. 88: neut., mér er ekki jafnglatt sem áðr, Fas. i. 106. jafn-glöggt, n. adj. as clearly, Bs. i. 352. jafn-góðr, adj. equally good, as good, Nj. 18, Eg. 54, Gþl. 233, N. G. L. i. 347, Dipl. v. 16: unhurt, none the worse, see (II) above. jafn-góðviljaðr, adj. with equally good will, Stj. 629. jafn-grannr, adj. equally thin. jafn-grimmliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as fiercely, Th. jafn-grimmr, adj. as fierce, Sks. 79. jafn-grunnr, adj. as shallow. jafn-gæfr, adj. as meek, Rb. 397. jafn-göfigr, adj. as good, as famous, Sturl. iii. 11, Bs. i. 133. jafn-görla, adv. as clearly, Grág. i. 299, Fms. ii. 171, Fas. i. 271. jafn-hafðr, part. equally used, N. G. L. i. 249. jafn-hagliga, adv. as skilfully, Krók. 53. jafn-hagr, adj. as skilful in handiwork, Nj. 147. jafn-harðr, adj. as hard, as severe, Nj. 79: neut. jafn-hart, as fast, Fas. iii. 488: jafn-harðan, adv. instantly. jafn-harðsnúinn, part. as hard-twisted, as tight, Nj. 79. jafn-hár, adj. as high, as tall, as loud, Rb. 112, 474, Fas. ii. 79: of metre, see hár (I. 3), Fms. vi. 386, Skálda 182, 190: neut., Stj. 79. jafnhátta-góðr, adj. as well-mannered, Ld. 174. jafn-heilagr, adj. as holy, as inviolable, Sks. 674, Grág. i. 90. jafn-heill, adj. as hale, as whole, Eg. 425, v. l. jafn-heimoll, adj. equally open to use, Eg. 47, Ld. 70, Gþl. 214, 353: equally bound, 57. jafn-heimskr, adj. equally stupid, Fms. ii. 156, Sd. 178. jafn-heitr, adj. as hot, Sks. 540. jafn-hentr, adj. as well fitted, Sturl. i. 196. jafn-hlær, adj. equally snug, Rb. 440. jafn-hollr, adj. equally sincere, Orkn. 166. jafn-hógværliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as meekly, Krók. 36. jafn-hógværr, adj. as gentle. jafn-hraustr, adj. as valiant, Fms. ii. 356, Krók. 51. jafn-hryggr, adj. as distressed, Hkr. iii. 269. jafn-hugaðr, adj. even-tempered, Sks. 24: of one mind, 300: as daring. jafn-hvass, adj. as sharp, Ld. 306: blowing as hard. jafn-hvatr, adj. as bold, as quick, Sturl. i. 112, v. l. jafn-hvítr, adj. equally white. jafn-hæðiligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as ridiculous, Fas. iii. 91. jafn-hægr, adj. equally easy, ready, meek, Fms. ii. 106, Fær. 69, Grág. i. 264, ii. 257. jafn-hættr, adj. as dangerous, Sks. 540. jafn-höfigr, adj. as heavy, Rb. 102, Edda 38. jafn-ílla, adv. as badly, Fms. viii. 140 (v. l.), Ísl. ii. 181. jafn-ílliligr, adj. (-liga, adv.) as ill-looking, Fas. ii. 207. jafn-íllr, adj. equally bad, Grág. ii. 145, Fas. ii. 513. jafn-kaldr, adj. as cold, Sks. 215. jafn-keypi, n. an equal bargain, Fs. 25. jafn-kominn, part. on even terms, Sks. 455: neut. an even match, jafnkomit er á með ykkr, ye are well-matched, Nj. 59; hann kvað jafnkomit með þeim fyrir aldrs sakir, Fms. iii. 76; jafnkomnir til erfðar, with equal title to, Grág. i. 304; jafnkomnir til fyrir ættar sakir, Fms. i. 220; jafnkomnir at frændsemi, Ísl. ii. 315. jafn-kosta, adj. well-matched, good enough, of wedlock, Stj. 204. jafn-kostgæfinn, adj. equally painstaking, Bs. i. 681. jafn-krappr, adj. as straight, narrow; í jafnkrappan stað, in such a strait, Ld. 168. jafn-kringr, adj. equally dexterous, Sks. 381. jafn-kristinn, adj. a fellow Christian, Jb. 92, Barl. 44. jafn-kunnigr, adj. as well known, Grett. 162 A: knowing as well. jafn-kunnr, adj. as well known, Hom. 90. jafn-kurteis, adj. as courteous, Sturl. i. 165. jafn-kyrr, adj. as quiet. jafn-kýta, t, with dat. = jafnyrða. jafn-kænn, adj. as ‘cunning,’ as well versed, Stj. 561. jafn-kærr, adj. as dear, as beloved, Fms. i. 215, xi. 319. jafn-langr, adj. as long, equally long, Fms. xi. 376, Gþl. 350, 355, Ísl. ii. 219, Grág. i. 406, Edda 138 ( of the same length): neut., en ef þær segja jafnlangt, if they say both the same, Grág. i. 7. jafn-lágr, adj. equally low. jafn-leiðr, adj. equally loathed, Fms. viii. 240. jafn-leiki, n. = jafnleikit. jafn-leikit, n. part. an equal game, Fms. xi. 131. jafn-lendi, n. a level, even piece of ground, Eg. 584. jafn-lengd, f. ‘even-length,’ the return to the same time in the next day, week, month, year, etc.: of a day, til jafnlengdar annars dags, Grág. ii. 16, Stj. 49; þann sama dag tók Gormr konungr sótt, ok andaðisk annan dag at jafnlengdinni, Fms. i. 119, Fas. ii. 30, 37: of a year, anniversary, skal eigi brullaup vera fyrr en at jafnlengd, Grág. i. 311; tíu aurar sé leigðir eyri til jafnlengdar (a year’s rent), 390; at jafnlengd it síðasta, 487; eigi síðarr en fyrir jafnlengd, Fms. xi. 397; halda hátíð at jafnlengdum, Greg. 13, Hom. 98; jafnlengdar-dagr, 129, Fms. v. 214, Dipl. v. 8; jafnlengdar hátíð, an anniversary, Greg. 13. jafn-lengi, adv. as long, Grág. i. 423, Fms. iii. 9, MS. 732. 7. jafn-léttmæltr, adj. equally easy, just as pleasant in one’s speech, Fms. vii. 227. jafn-léttr, adj. as light, as easy, Sturl. iii. 90: neut. (adverb.), Kjartani var ekki annat jafn-létthjalat, K. liked not to speak of anything so much, Ld. 214. jafn-léttvígr, adj. as ready in wielding arms, Sturl. iii. 90. jafn-liða, adj. with an equal number of men, Eb. 144. jafn-liga, adv. equally, fairly; sýnisk mér eigi j. á komit, Bs. i. 531, Vm. 169; skipta j., Fb. ii. 300: perpetually, all along, always, usually, Fms. i. 191, x. 88, 89, Dipl. v. 8, Rb. 348, 472, Stj. 77. jafn-ligr, adj. equal, fair, Hkr. ii. 149, Háv. 57, Eg. 488; er þat miklu jafnligra, a more equal match, Fms. vii. 115. jafn-líkligr, adj. as likely, Sturl. iii. 7, Lv. 77. jafn-líkr, adj. as like, Lv. 58, Fas. ii. 478: equal, alike, j. sem hornspónar efni, Bs. i. 59. jafn-lítill, adj. as little, Fas. iii. 487. jafn-ljóss, adj. as bright, Bret. 62. jafn-ljótr, adj. as ugly, Fms. iv. 175. jafn-ljúfr, adj. as willing. jafn-lygn, adj. as ‘loun,’ as calm, of the wind. jafn-lyndi, n., fem. in Mar. 848; evenness of temper, Stj., Fagrsk. 132, Bs. i. 141, Mar. passim. jafn-lyndr, adj. even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287, viii. 447 (v. l.) jafn-lýðskyldr, adj. equally bound, as liegemen, Sks. 270. jafn-lærðr, adj. as learned. jafn-magr, adj. equally meagre. jafn-maki, a, m. an equal, a match, Sks. 22, 255. jafn-mannvænn, adj. equally promising, Þorf. Karl. 382. jafn-margr, adj. as many, Nj. 104, Grág. ii. 210, 403, Fms. i. 152, ii. 34. jafn-máttugr, adj. as mighty, Fms. ii. 157, Eluc. 6. jafn-máttuligr, adj. equally possible, 655 xxii. B. jafn-menni, n. an equal, a match, Ld. 132, Ísl. ii. 358, Fms. vi. 345, vii. 103. jafn-menntr, adj. of equal rank, Hrafn. 10. jafn-merkiligr, adj. equally dignified, Bs. i. 148. jafn-mikill, adj. as great, Grág. ii. 264, 403, Fms. i. 1, Gþl. 363: equally big, tall, Fms. x. 202, Nj. 11: neut. as much, Fms. vii. 240, Skálda 168. jafn-mildr, adj. as mild, as gracious, Rb. 366. jafn-minnigr, adj. having as good a memory, Bs. i. 681. jafn-mjúkliga, adv. as meekly, as gently, Lv. 50. jafn-mjúkr, adj. equally soft. jafn-mjök, adv. as much, as strongly, Grág. ii. 140, Skálda 168. jafn-myrkr, adj. equally dark, Skálda 209. jafn-mæli, n. fair play, equality, Fb. i. 407, Fms. vi. 206, Grág. i. 88, 200, Ld. 258, H. E. i. 247, Karl. 99. jafn-naumr, adj. as close. jafn-náinn, adj.; j. at frændsemi, equally near akin, Grág. i. 171, ii. 67, Eb. 124, Ísl. ii. 315, (jafnan, Ed.) jafn-nær, mod. jafn-nærri, adv. equally near: loc., er Ólafs mark j. báðum, Fms. vii. 64, 268, Sks. 63, 216: as near, at honum væri úvarligt at láta jafnmarga heiðna menn vera j. sér, Fms. ii. 34: equally near (by birth), i. 123: metaph., eigi hefir honum jafnnærri gengit újafnaðr þeirra sem mér, Sturl. iii. 238: also jafn-nær, adj. equally nigh, not a whit the better, see (II) above. jafn-nætti, n. the equinox, 673. 54, Stj. 15. jafn-oki, a, m. = jafnmaki, an equal, a match for one, Sks. 22: a play-fellow, Stj. 497, Þiðr. 213. jafn-opt, adv. as often, Nj. 211, Rb. 566, Grág. i. 186. jafn-ótt, adj., neut. as adv., at the same, time, immediately. Pass. 20. 2: one after another, taka e-ð jafnótt og það kemr. jafn-rakkr, adj. as strong, as straight, Ld. 168. jafn-ramr, adj. as mighty, as great a wizard, Vþm. 2. jafn-rangr; adj. as wrong. jafn-ráðinn, part. equally determined, Grett. 149. jafn-reiðr, adj. equally angry, Háv. 52. jafn-rétti, n. an equal right. jafnréttis-maðr, m. a man with equal right, N. G. L. i. 31. jafn-réttr, adj. as right, as lawful, Edda 93, Grág. i. 18: of equal authority, Hkr. iii. 79. jafn-réttvíss, adj. equally just, Sks. 670. jafn-rífligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as large, Lv. 75. jafn-ríkr, adj. as rich, equally mighty. jafn-rjóðr, adj. as ruddy, Hkr. i. 102. jafn-rúmr, adj. equally large, Bjarn. jafn-ræði, n. an equal match, Fms. ii. 22, Glúm. 350, Nj. 49, Gþl. 215. jafn-röskr, adj. as brisk, as quick, Fms. iii. 225, vi. 96. jafn-saman, adv.; fyrir þessa hugsan alla jafnsaman, all at once, all together, Fms. i. 185, Ld. 326, Ó. H. 46, Stj. 86, 121, Barl. 191. jafn-sannr, adj. equally true, 671. 1, Edda 19, Stj. 471. jafn-sárr, adj. as sore, as smarting, Mar. jafn-seinn, adj. as slow. jafn-sekr, adj. just as guilty, Grág. ii. 64, 89. jafn-síðis, adv. along with. jafn-síðr, adj. as long, of a garment (síðr), Stj. 563. jafn-sjúkr, adj. as sick, Fms. v. 324. jafn-skammr, adj. as short, Al. 129. jafn-skarpliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as briskly, Nj. 199, v. l. jafn-skarpr, adj. as sharp, as keen. jafn-skipti, n. equal, fair dealing. jafn-skiptiliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally, mutually, Stj. 159. jafn-skiptr, part. equally shared. jafn-skjótr, adj. as swift, Fms. vii. 169, Rb. 454:—jafn-skjótt, neut. as adv. immediately, at once, Eg. 87, 291, 492, Fms. ii. 10; jafnskjótt sem, as soon as, Nj. 5, Barl. 176, Karl. 409, 441. jafn-skygn, adj. as clear-sighted, 655 xiii. A, Bjarn. 59. jafn-skyldliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as dutifully, Ver. 3. jafn-skyldr, adj. equally bound or obliged, Grág. ii. 362, 403, Gþl. 70, 477, Fms. vii. 274. jafn-sköruliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally bold, Nj. 199. jafn-slétta, u, f. even, level ground. jafn-sléttr, adj. equally level, Stj. 79: as easily, Fas. ii. 48. jafn-slægr, adj. as cunning, Fær. 99. jafn-snarpr, adj. (-snarpligr, adj., -liga, adv.), as sharp, Fms. vi. 156. jafn-snarr, adj. as alert. jafn-snart, adj., neut. as adv., as soon, instantly, Fas. iii. 434, Matth. xxvii. 48. jafn-snauðr, adj. as poor. jafn-snemma, adv. at the very same moment, of a coincidence, Eg. 425, Nj. 253, Fms. vi. 221; allir j., all at once, ix. 506, xi. 368 ( both together); vóru þessir atburðir margir jafnsnemma, en sumir litlu fyrr eðr síðar, Hkr. ii. 368. jafn-snjallr, adj. equal, Glúm., Bjarn. (in a verse). jafn-spakr, adj. equally wise, Hm. 53. jafn-sparr, adj. as saving, as close, Grág. i. 197, 222. jafn-sterkr, adj. as strong, Fms. i. 43. jafn-stirðr, adj. as stiff. jafn-stórlátr, adj. as proud, Ld. 116. jafn-stórliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as proudly, Ölk. 34. jafn-stórr, adj. as big, as great. jafn-stórættaðr, adj. of equally high birth, Fms. iv. 26. jafn-stríðr, adj. as hard, severe, Sks. 639. jafn-stuttr, adj. equally short, brief. jafn-syndligr, adj. as sinful, Sks. 674. jafn-sætr, adj. as sweet, Fb. i. 539. jafn-sætti, n. an agreement on equal terms, Nj. 21, Sturl. iii 253, Fb. i. 126. jafn-tamr, adj. equally alert. jafn-tefli, n. an equal, drawn game, Vígl. 32. jafn-tengdr, part. in equal degrees of affinity, Grág. ii. 183. jafn-tíðhjalat, n. part. as much talked about, Nj. 100. jafn-tíðrætt, n. adj. = jafntíðhjalat, Nj. 100. jafn-tíguliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), equally lordly, Fms. x. 109. jafn-títt, n. adj. as often, as frequent, Niðrst. 10. jafn-torogætr, adj. as rarely to be got, choice, Bs. i. 143. jafn-torsótligr, adj. as hard to get at, Fms. x. 358. jafn-trauðr, adj. as unwilling. jafn-traustr, adj. as much to be trusted, Fms. vi. 244. jafn-trúr, jafn-tryggr, adj. as faithful. jafn-undarligr, adj. (-liga, adv.), as strange, Sks. 80. jafn-ungr, adj. as young, Fms. iii. 60, iv. 383. jafn-úbeint, n. adj. as far from the mark, of a bad shot, Fms. viii. 140. jafn-úfærr, adj. as unpassable, Sturl. iii. 163. jafn-úhefnisamr, adj. as tame, Rb. 366. jafn-úráðinn, part. as irresolute, Grett. 153. jafn-úspakr, adj. as unruly, Sturl. ii. 63. jafn-útlagr, adj. having to lay out the same fine, N. G. L. i. 158. jafn-vandhæfr, adj. as dangerous to keep, treat, Grág. i. 89. jafn-vandliga, adv. as carefully, Grág. ii. 249. jafn-varliga, adv. (-ligr, adj.), as warily, Fms. vii. 127. jafn-varmr, adj. as warm, Sks. 217. jafn-varr, adj. as well aware, as much on one’s guard, Dropl. 28. jafn-vaskliga, adv. as gallantly, Fms. vii. 127, Ld. 272. jafn-vaskligr, adj. as gallant. jafn-vaskr, adj. as bold, Str. 3. jafn-vátr, adj. equally wet. jafn-veginn, part. of full weight, Stj. 216. jafn-vegit, n. a law phrase, used when an equal number has been slain on both sides, in which case there were no further proceedings, Glúm. 383, Fas. ii. 208. jafn-vel, adv. as well, equally well, Nj. 48, Eg. 111, Gþl. 354: likewise, hafa fyrirgört fé ok friði ok jafnvel óðals-jörðum sínum, 142; en þenna eið skulu jafnvel biskupar ábyrgjask við Guð …, jafnvel sem ( as well as) hinir úlærðu, 57; jafnvel af sænum sem af landinu, Al. 2; ok jamvel sendir jarl þeim mönnum orð, sem …, Fms. xi. 120: even, dögföll um nætr jafnvel at heiðskírum veðrum, Stj. 17; jafnvel eptir þat er þau misgörðu, 40; jafnvel sýniliga, j. oss önduðum, 9, Bs. i. 549, Barl. 170, 176, Gísl. 83; this last sense is very freq. in mod. usage. jafn-velviljaðr, part. as well wishing, Sks. 312. jafn-vesall, adj. as wretched, Krók. 54. jafn-virði, n. equal wirth, Bs. i. 9, Al. 48. jafn-vægi, n. equal weight, equilibrium, Hkr. ii. 250, Fas. i. 121; bóandi ok húsfreyja j. sitt, i. e. both of them equally, N. G. L. i. 6. jafn-vægja, ð, to weigh the same as another, Fms. iii. 120. jafn-vægr, adj. of equal weight, Sks. 644. jafn-vænn, adj. equally fine, handsome, promising, Fms. x. 429, Sturl. iii. 67. jafn-vætta, t, to weigh against, counterbalance, Stj. 13, Þorst. Síðu H. 14. jafn-yrða, ð, with dat. to altercate, bandy words, Sturl. iii. 213. jafn-þarfr, adj. as useful, Arnor. jafn-þéttr, adj. pressed as closely together. jafn-þjófgefinn, adj. as thievish. jafn-þolinmóðr, adj. as patient, Rb. 366. jafn-þolinn, adj. as enduring. jafn-þreyttr, part. as weary. jafn-þrifinn, adj. as cleanly. jafn-þröngr, adj. as tight. jafn-þungr, adj. as heavy, pressing, Fms. v. 264, Stj. 278. jafn-þurr, adj. equally dry. jafn-þykkr, adj. as thick, Hkr. iii. 159. jafn-þyrstr, part. as thirsty. jafn-æfr, adj. as impetuous. jafn-æstr, part. equally excited, Band. 34 new Ed. jafn-örr, adj. as eager, as liberal. jafn-öruggr, adj. as firm, steadfast.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > JAFN

20 facio

făcĭo, feci, factum, 3, v. a. and n.; in pass.: fio, factus, fieri ( imper. usually fac, but the arch form face is freq., esp. in Plaut. and Ter., as Plaut. As. prol. 4; 1, 1, 77; id. Aul. 2, 1, 30; id. Cist. 2, 1, 28; id. Ep. 1, 1, 37; 2, 2, 117; id. Most. 3, 2, 167 et saep.; Ter. And. 4, 1, 57; 4, 2, 29; 5, 1, 2; 14; id. Eun. 1, 2, 10 al.; Cato, R. R. 23, 1; 26; 32 al.; Cat. 63, 78; 79; 82; Ov. Med. fac. 60; Val. Fl. 7, 179 al.; futur. facie for faciam, Cato ap. Quint. 1, 7, 23; cf. dico, init., and the letter e:
faxo,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 199; 2, 1, 42; 3, 3, 17; 3, 4, 14; 5, 1, 55 et saep.; Ter. And. 5, 2, 13; id. Eun. 2, 2, 54; 4, 3, 21 al.; Verg. A. 9, 154; 12, 316; Ov. M. 3, 271; 12, 594: faxim, Enn. ap. Non. 507, 23; Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 13; id. Aul. 3, 2, 6; 3, 5, 20 al.; Ter. And. 4, 4, 14; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 13:
faxis,
Hor. S. 2, 3, 38; Sil. 15, 362: faxit, Lex Numae in Paul. ex Fest. s. v. ALIVTA, p. 6 Mull.; Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Gell. 20, 1, 12; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 90; 3, 5, 54; id. Cas. 3, 5, 6 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 24; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
faximus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 40: faxitis, an old form in Liv. 23, 11, 2; 25, 12, 10; 29, 27, 3:
faxint,
Plaut. Am. 2, 1, 85; id. Aul. 2, 1, 27; 2, 2, 79 al.; Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 109; id. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 3, 2, 19; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81; id. Fam. 14, 3, 3.—In pass. imper.:
fi,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 87; Hor. S. 2, 5, 38; Pers. 1, 1, 39:
fite,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89 al. — Indic.: facitur, Nigid. ap. Non. 507, 15: fitur, Cato ap. Prisc. p. 789:
fiebantur,
id. ib.: fitum est, Liv. Andron. ap. Non. 475, 16.— Subj.: faciatur, Titin. ib.— Inf.: fiere, Enn. ap. Charis. p. 75 P.; Ann. v. 15, ed. Vahl.; Laev. ap. Gell. 19, 7, 10.—On the long i of fit, v. Ritschl, prol. p. 184, and cf. Plaut. Capt. prol. 25: ut fit in bello) [prob. root bha-; Sanscr. bhasas, light; Gr. pha-, in phainô, phêmi; cf. fax, facetiae, facilis, Corss. Ausspr. 1, 423.—But Curt. refers facio to root the- (strengthened THEK), Griech. Etym. p. 64], to make in all senses, to do, perform, accomplish, prepare, produce, bring to pass, cause, effect, create, commit, perpetrate, form, fashion, etc. (cf. in gen.:
ago, factito, reddo, operor, tracto): verbum facere omnem omnino faciendi causam complectitur, donandi, solvendi, judicandi, ambulandi, numerandi,
Dig. 50, 16, 218.
I.
Act.
A.
In gen.
(α).
With acc.: ut faber, cum quid aedificaturus est, non ipse facit materiam, sed ea utitur, quae sit parata, etc.... Quod si non est a deo materia facta, ne terra quidem et aqua et aer et ignis a deo factus est, Cic. N. D. Fragm. ap. Lact. 2, 8 (Cic. ed. Bait. 7, p. 121):
sphaera ab Archimede facta,
Cic. Rep. 1, 14:
fecitque idem et sepsit de manubiis comitium et curiam,
id. ib. 2, 17:
aedem,
id. ib. 2, 20:
pontem in Arari faciundum curat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13, 1:
castra,
id. ib. 1, 48, 2; Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 4:
faber vasculum fecit,
Quint. 7, 10, 9:
classem,
Caes. B. G. 4, 21, 4:
cenas et facere et obire,
Cic. Att. 9, 13, 6:
ignem lignis viridibus,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 17, § 45:
poema,
to compose, id. Pis. 29, 70:
carmina,
Juv. 7, 28:
versus,
id. 7, 38:
sermonem,
Cic. Fam. 9, 8, 1; cf.
litteram,
id. Ac. 2, 2, 6: ludos, to celebrate, exhibit = edere, id. Rep. 2, 20; id. Att. 15, 10;
also i. q. ludificari,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 47:
sementes,
i. e. to sow, Caes. B. G. 1, 3, 1:
messem,
Col. 2, 10, 28:
pecuniam,
to make, acquire, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:
manum (with parare copias),
to collect, prepare, id. Caecin. 12, 33; so,
cohortes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 87, 4:
exercitum,
Vell. 2, 109, 2; and:
auxilia mercede,
Tac. A. 6, 33:
iter,
Cic. Att. 3, 1; id. Planc. 26, 65; id. Div. 1, 33, 73 et saep.; cf.
also the phrases: aditum sibi ad aures,
Quint. 4, 1, 46:
admirationem alicujus rei alicui,
to excite, Liv. 25, 11, 18; Sen. Ep. 115:
aes alienum,
Cic. Att. 13, 46, 4; Liv. 2, 23, 5; Sen. Ep. 119, 1:
alienationem disjunctionemque,
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:
animum alicui,
Liv. 25, 11, 10:
arbitrium de aliquo,
to decide, Hor. C. 4, 7, 21;
opp. arbitrium alicui in aliqua re,
i. e. to leave the decision to one, Liv. 43, 15, 5:
audaciam hosti,
id. 29, 34, 10:
audientiam orationi,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 13, 42:
auspicium alicui,
Liv. 1, 34, 9; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 86:
auctoritatem,
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 15, 43:
bellum,
Cic. Off. 1, 11, 35; Caes. B. G. 3, 29, 2:
multa bona alicui,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 46:
castra,
to pitch, Tac. H. 5, 1:
caulem,
to form, Col. Arb. 54:
clamores,
to make, raise, Cic. Brut. 95, 326:
cognomen alicui,
to give, Liv. 1, 3, 9:
commercium sermonis,
id. 5, 15, 5:
concitationes,
Caes. B. C. 3, 106 fin.:
conjurationes,
to form, id. B. G. 4, 30 fin.:
consuetudinem alicui cum altero,
Cic. Fam. 13, 23, 1:
consilia alicui,
Liv. 35, 42, 8:
contentionem cum aliquo,
Cic. Off. 1, 38, 137:
controversiam,
to occasion, id. Or. 34, 121:
convicium magnum alicui,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 1:
copiam pugnandi militibus,
Liv. 7, 13, 10:
corpus,
to grow fat, corpulent, Cels. 7, 3 fin.; Phaedr. 3, 7, 5:
curam,
Tac. A. 3, 52:
damnum,
to suffer, Cic. Brut. 33, 125:
detrimentum,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 20:
desiderium alicujus, rei alicui,
Liv. 3, 34, 7; 7, 24, 10:
dicta,
Ov. F. 2, 375; 3, 515:
difficultatem,
Quint. 10, 3, 10 and 16:
discordiam,
to cause, Tac. H. 3, 48:
discrimen,
Quint. 7, 2, 14; 11, 1, 43:
disjunctionem (with alienationem),
Cic. Lael. 21, 76:
dolorem alicui,
id. Att. 11, 8, 2:
dulcedinem,
Sen. Ep. 111:
eloquentiam alicui (ira),
Quint. 6, 2, 26:
epigramma,
to write, Cic. Arch. 10, 25:
errorem,
Sen. Ep. 67:
eruptiones ex oppido,
Caes. B. C. 2, 2, 5:
exemplum,
Quint. 5, 2, 2: exempla = edere or statuere, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 66. exercitum, to raise, muster, Tac. A. 6, 33:
exspectationem,
Quint. 9, 2, 23:
facinus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 1; Cic. Fin. 2, 29, 95; Tac. A. 12, 31:
facultatem recte judicandi alicui,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 73, § 179:
fallaciam,
Ter. And. 1, 8, 7:
famam ingenii,
Quint. 11, 2, 46:
fastidium,
Liv. 3, 1, 7:
favorem alicui,
id. 42, 14, 10; Quint. 4, 1, 33:
fidem alicui,
Cic. Cat. 3, 2, 4; id. Att. 7, 8, 1; Quint. 6, 2, 18:
finem,
Cic. Att. 16, 16, 16; id. Rep. 2, 44:
formidinem,
to excite, Tac. H. 3, 10:
fortunam magnam (with parare),
Liv. 24, 22, 9:
fraudem,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 9; Cic. Att. 4, 12:
fugam fecerunt, stronger than fugerunt,
Liv. 8, 9, 12 Weissenb.; Sall. J. 53, 3;
but: cum fugam in regia fecisset (sc. ceterorum),
Liv. 1, 56, 4; so,
fugam facere = fugare,
id. 21, 5, 16; 21, 52, 10:
fugam hostium facere,
id. 22, 24, 8; 26, 4, 8 al.:
gestum vultu,
Quint. 11, 3, 71:
gradum,
Cic. de Or. 2, 61, 249; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 3; Quint. 3, 6, 8:
gratiam alicujus rei,
Liv. 3, 56, 4; 8, 34, 3:
gratulationem alicui,
Cic. Fam. 11, 18, 3; Sen. Ep. 6:
gratum alicui,
Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 56; Cic. Rep. 1, 21; cf.:
gratissimum alicui,
id. Fam. 7, 21 fin.:
histrioniam,
Plaut. Am. prol. 152:
homicidium,
to commit, Quint. 5, 9, 9:
hospitium cum aliquo,
Cic. Balb. 18, 42:
imperata,
Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 3:
impetum in hostem,
Cic. Fin. 1, 10, 34; Liv. 25, 11, 2:
incursionem,
Liv. 3, 38, 3:
indicium,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 57, § 150:
inducias,
id. Phil. 8, 7, 20:
initium,
to begin, id. Agr. 2, 29, 79; cf.:
initia ab aliquo,
id. Rep. 1, 19:
injuriam,
id. ib. 3, 14 (opp. accipere); Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4; Quint. 3, 6, 49; 10, 1, 115:
insidias alicui,
Cic. Mil. 9, 23:
iram,
Quint. 6, 1, 14:
jacturam,
Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Fin. 2, 24, 79; Caes. B. G. 7, 77, 7:
judicium,
Cic. Att. 7, 23, 2:
judicatum,
to execute, id. Fl. 20, 48:
jus alicui,
Liv. 32, 13, 6:
jussa,
Ov. F. 1, 379:
laetitiam,
Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:
largitiones,
id. Tusc. 3, 20, 48:
locum poetarum mendacio,
Curt. 3, 1, 4:
locum alicui rei,
Cels. 2, 14 fin.; 7, 4, 3; Curt. 4, 11, 8; Sen. Ep. 91, 13 et saep.:
longius,
Cic. Leg. 1, 7, 22 al.:
valde magnum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 2, § 7:
medicinam alicui,
to administer, id. Fam. 14, 7:
memoriam,
Quint. 11, 2, 4:
mentionem,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 11, 2:
metum,
to excite, Tac. A. 6, 36:
turbida lux metum insidiarum faciebat,
suggested, Liv. 10, 33, 5:
metum alicui,
id. 9, 41, 11:
missum aliquem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 134:
modum irae,
Liv. 4, 50, 4:
moram,
Cic. Att. 16, 2, 1; Plaut. Most. 1, 1, 72:
morem alicujus rei sibi,
Liv. 35, 35, 13:
motus,
id. 28, 46, 8: multam alicui, Cato ap. Gell. 11, 1, 6:
munditias,
id. R. R. 2, 4:
mutationem,
Cic. Sest. 12, 27; id. Off. 1, 33, 120:
multa alicui,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 16:
naufragium,
to suffer, id. Fam. 16, 9, 1:
negotium alicui,
to give to do, make trouble for, Quint. 5, 12, 13; Just. 21, 4, 4:
nomen alicui,
Liv. 8, 15, 8; cf.
nomina,
to incur debts, Cic. Off. 3, 14, 59:
odium vitae,
Plin. 20, 18, 76, § 199:
officium suum,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 5, 12:
omnia amici causa,
Cic. Lael. 10, 35; id. Fam. 5, 11, 2:
opinionem alicui,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:
orationem,
id. de Or. 1, 14, 63; id. Brut. 8, 30; id. Or. 51, 172:
otia alicui,
to grant, Verg. E. 1, 6:
pacem,
to conclude, Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109:
pecuniam ex aliqua re,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 6, § 17:
periculum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 23; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 9; Tac. A. 13, 33; 16, 19; Sall. C. 33, 1: perniciem alicui, to cause, = parare, Tac. H. 2, 70:
planum,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54:
potestatem,
id. Cat. 3, 5, 11; id. Rep. 2, 28:
praedam,
Caes. B. G. 4, 34, 5; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 60, § 156; Plaut. Poen. 3, 6, 8:
praedas ab aliquo,
Nep. Chabr. 2, 2:
proelium,
to join, Caes. B. G. 1, 13; Cic. Deiot. 5, 13; Liv. 25, 1, 5; Tac. H. 4, 79; id. A. 12, 40:
promissum,
Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95:
pudorem,
Liv. 3, 31, 3:
ratum,
id. 28, 39, 16:
rem,
Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 12:
reum,
to accuse, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38: risum, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 1; Quint. 6, 1, 40; 48:
scelus,
to commit, Tac. H. 1, 40:
securitatem alicui,
Liv. 36, 41, 1:
sermonem,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 26, § 66:
significationem ignibus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 33, 3:
silentium,
Liv. 24, 7, 12:
somnum,
to induce, Juv. 3, 282:
spem,
Cic. Att. 3, 16; Liv. 30, 3, 7:
spiritus,
id. 30, 11, 3:
stercus,
Col. 2, 15:
stipendia,
Sall. J. 63, 3; Liv. 3, 27, 1; 5, 7, 5:
stomachum alicui,
Cic. Att. 5, 11, 2; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10:
suavium alicui,
Plaut. As. 4, 1, 53:
suspicionem,
Cic. Fl. 33, 83:
taedium alicujus rei,
Liv. 4, 57, 11:
terrorem iis,
to inflict, id. 10, 25, 8:
timorem,
to excite, id. 6, 28, 8:
mihi timorem,
Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2:
totum,
Dig. 28, 5, 35:
transitum alicui,
Liv. 26, 25, 3:
turbam,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 2:
urinam,
Col. 6, 19:
usum,
Quint. 10, 3, 28:
vadimonium,
Cic. Quint. 18, 57:
verbum, verba,
to speak, talk, id. Verr. 2, 4, 65, § 147:
verbum,
to invent, id. Fin. 3, 15, 51:
versus,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 5:
vestigium,
id. Rab. Post. 17, 47: viam [p. 717] sibi, Liv. 3, 5, 6:
vim alicui or in aliquem,
id. 38, 24, 4; 3, 5, 5:
vires,
to get, acquire, Quint. 10, 3, 3:
vitium,
Cic. Top. 3, 15 al. —
(β).
With ut, ne, quin, or the simple subj.:
faciam, ut ejus diei locique meique semper meminerit,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 20:
facere ut remigret domum,
id. Pers. 4, 6, 3; id. Capt. 3, 4, 78; 4, 2, 77:
ea, quantum potui, feci, ut essent nota nostris,
Cic. Ac. 1, 2, 8:
facito, ut sciam,
id. Att. 2, 4, 4:
non potuisti ullo modo facere, ut mihi illam epistolam non mitteres,
id. ib. 11, 21, 1:
si facis ut patriae sit idoneus,
Juv. 14, 71:
ut nihil ad te dem litterarum facere non possum,
Cic. Ac. 8, 14, 1; for which, with quin:
facere non possum, quin ad te mittam,
I cannot forbear sending, id. ib. 12, 27, 2:
fecisti, ut ne cui maeror tuus calamitatem afferret,
id. Clu. 60, 168:
fac, ne quid aliud cures,
id. Fam. 16, 11, 1:
domi assitis, facite,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 53:
fac fidele sis fidelis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 79:
fac cupidus mei videndi sis,
Cic. Fam. 5, 21, 5:
fac cogites,
id. ib. 11, 3, 4.—In pass.:
fieri potest, ut recte quis sentiat, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 6: potest fieri, ut iratus dixerit, etc., Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 70, 285:
nec fieri possit, ut non statim alienatio facienda sit,
id. Lael. 21, 76; so with ut non, id. Verr. 2, 2, 77, § 190 (Zumpt, Gram. § 539).—
(γ).
With inf. = efficere, curare, to cause (rare):
nulla res magis talis oratores videri facit,
Cic. Brut. 38, 142; Pall. 6, 12:
aspectus arborum macrescere facit volucres inclusas,
Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 3; Sall. Fragm. ap. Sen. Ep. 114:
qui nati coram me cernere letum Fecisti,
Verg. A. 2, 539; Ov. H. 17, 174:
mel ter infervere facito,
Col. 12, 38, 5 (perh. also in Ov. H. 6, 100, instead of favet, v. Loers. ad h. l.; cf. infra, B. 4.).—
(δ).
Absol.:
ego plus, quam feci, facere non possum,
Cic. Fam. 11, 14, 3:
faciam, ut potero, Laeli,
id. de Sen. 3, 7; cf. id. Rep. 1, 24:
noli putare, pigritia me facere, quod non mea manu scribam,
id. Att. 16, 15, 1; so,
facere = hoc or id facere,
Lucr. 4, 1112 (cf. Munro ad loc.); 1153: vereor ne a te rursus dissentiam. M. Non facies, Quinte, Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33;
so after scribam,
id. Att. 16, 16, 15:
nominaverunt,
id. Rep. 2, 28, 50;
after disserere: tu mihi videris utrumque facturus,
id. ib. 2, 11, 22;
after fingere: ut facit apud Platonem Socrates,
id. ib.:
necesse erit uti epilogis, ut in Verrem Cicero fecit,
Quint. 6, 1, 54:
qui dicere ac facere doceat,
id. 2, 3, 11:
faciant equites,
Juv. 7, 14; Liv. 42, 37, 6:
petis ut libellos meos recognoscendos curem. Faciam,
Plin. Ep. 4, 26, 1; 5, 1, 4 et saep. (cf. the use of facio, as neutr., to resume or recall the meaning of another verb, v. II. E. infra; between that use and this no line can be drawn).
B.
In partic.
1.
With a double object, to make a thing into something, to render it something:
senatum bene firmum firmiorem vestra auctoritate fecistis,
Cic. Phil. 6, 7, 18:
te disertum,
id. ib. 2, 39 fin.:
iratum adversario judicem,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 220:
heredem filiam,
to appoint, constitute, id. Verr. 2, 1, 43, § 111:
aliquem regem,
Just. 9, 6:
aliquem ludos,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 75:
aliquem absentem rei capitalis reum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 93:
animum dubium,
id. de Imp. Pomp. 10, 27:
injurias irritas,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 63:
vectigalia sibi deteriora,
Caes. B. G. 1, 36, 4:
hi consules facti sunt,
Cic. de Sen. 5, 14:
disciplina doctior facta civitas,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
di ex hominibus facti,
id. ib. 2, 10; cf.:
tua virtute nobis Romanos ex amicis amicissimos fecisti,
Sall. J. 10, 2.—In pass.:
quo tibi sumere depositum clavum fierique tribuno?
to become a tribune, Hor. S. 1, 6, 25.—
2.
to value, esteem, regard a person or thing in any manner (like the Engl. make, in the phrase to make much of).—Esp. with gen. pretii:
in quo perspicere posses, quanti te, quanti Pompeium, quem unum ex omnibus facio, ut debeo, plurimi, quanti Brutum facerem,
Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 2:
te quotidie pluris feci,
id. ib. 3, 4, 2:
voluptatem virtus minimi facit,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 42:
dolorem nihili facere,
to care nothing for, to despise, id. ib. 27, 88:
nihili facio scire,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 42:
negat se magni facere, utrum, etc.,
Quint. 11, 1, 38:
parum id facio,
Sall. J. 85, 31: si illi aliter nos faciant quam aequum sit. Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 43.—
3.
With gen., to make a thing the property of a person, subject it to him: omnia, quae mulieris fuerunt, viri fiunt, Cic. Top. 4, 23.—Esp.: facere aliquid dicionis alicujus, to reduce to subjection under a person or power:
omnem oram Romanae dicionis fecit,
Liv. 21, 60, 3:
dicionis alienae facti,
id. 1, 25, 13; 5, 27, 14; cf.: ut munus imperii beneficii sui faceret, to make it ( seem) his own bounty, Just. 13, 4, 9:
ne delecto imperatore alio sui muneris rempublicam faceret,
Tac. A. 15, 52.—
4.
To represent a thing in any manner, to feign, assert, say. —Constr. with acc. and adj. or part., or with acc. and inf.
(α).
Acc. and part.:
in eo libro, ubi se exeuntem e senatu et cum Pansa colloquentem facit,
id. Brut. 60, 218:
Xenophon facit... Socratem disputantem,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 31; cf.:
ejus (Socratis) oratio, qua facit eum Plato usum apud judices,
id. Tusc. 1, 40 fin. al.—
(β).
Acc. and inf.:
qui nuper fecit servo currenti in via decesse populum,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 31:
fecerat et fetam procubuisse lupam,
Verg. A. 8, 630; cf. Ov. M. 6, 109, v. Bach ad h. l.:
poetae impendere apud inferos saxum Tantalo faciunt,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 35:
quem (Herculem) Homerus apud inferos conveniri facit ab Ulixe,
id. N. D. 3, 16, 41:
Plato construi a deo mundum facit,
id. ib. 1, 8, 19:
Plato Isocratem laudari fecit a Socrate,
id. Opt. Gen. 6, 17; id. Brut. 38, 142:
M. Cicero dicere facit C. Laelium,
Gell. 17, 5, 1:
caput esse faciunt ea, quae perspicua dicunt,
Cic. Fia. 4, 4, 8, v. Madv. ad h. l.—
(γ).
In double construction:
Polyphemum Homerus cum ariete colloquentem facit ejusque laudare fortunas,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 39 fin. —
5.
To make believe, to pretend:
facio me alias res agere,
Cic. Fam. 15, 18:
cum verbis se locupletem faceret,
id. Fl. 20:
me unum ex iis feci, qui, etc.,
id. Planc. 27, 65.—
6.
Hypothetically in the imper. fac, suppose, assume:
fac, quaeso, qui ego sum, esse te,
Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 1; cf.:
fac potuisse,
id. Phil. 2, 3, 5:
fac animos non remanere post mortem,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 82; 1, 29, 70:
fac velit,
Stat. Ach. 2, 241:
fac velle,
Verg. A. 4, 540.—
7.
In mercant. lang., to practise, exercise, follow any trade or profession:
cum mercaturas facerent,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72:
naviculariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 18, §
46: argentariam,
id. ib. 2, 5, 49, § 155; id. Caecin. 4, 10:
topiariam,
id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 2, § 5:
haruspicinam,
id. Fam. 6, 18, 1:
praeconium,
id. ib.; so,
piraticam,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 5, 11:
medicinam,
Phaedr. 1, 14, 2.—
8.
In relig. lang., like the Gr. rhezein, to perform or celebrate a religious rite; to offer sacrifice, make an offering, to sacrifice:
res illum divinas apud eos deos in suo sacrario quotidie facere vidisti,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 8, § 18:
sacra pro civibus,
id. Balb. 24, 55:
sacrificium publicum,
id. Brut. 14, 56.— Absol.:
a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae, cui omnes consules facere necesse est, consulem avellere,
Cic. Mur. 41, 90.—With abl.:
cum faciam vitula pro frugibus,
Verg. E. 3, 77:
catulo,
Col. 2, 22, 4.— Pass. impers.:
cum pro populo fieret,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 3:
quibus diis decemviri ex libris ut fieret, ediderunt,
Liv. 37, 3, 5.—
9.
In gram., to make, form in inflecting:
cur aper apri et pater patris faciat?
Quint. 1, 6, 13; so id. 14; 15; 27; cf.:
sic genitivus Achilli et Ulixi fecit,
id. 1, 5, 63; 1, 6, 26:
eadem (littera) fecit ex duello bellum,
id. 1, 4, 15.—
10.
In late Lat., (se) facere aliquo, to betake one's self to any place:
intra limen sese facit,
App. 5, p. 159, 25;
without se: homo meus coepit ad stelas facere,
Petr. 62:
ad illum ex Libya Hammon facit,
Tert. Pall. 3.—
11.
Peculiar phrases.
a.
Quid faciam (facias, fiet, etc.), with abl., dat., or (rare) with de, what is to be done with a person or thing? quid hoc homine facias? Cic. Sest. 13, 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 16, § 40:
nescit quid faciat auro,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 100:
quid tu huic homini facias?
Cic. Caecin. 11, 30; cf.:
quid enim tibi faciam,
id. Att. 7, 3, 2: quid faceret huic conclusioni, i. e. how should he refute, etc., id. Ac. 2, 30, 96:
quid facias illi?
Hor. S. 1, 1, 63:
miserunt Delphos consultum quidnam facerent de rebus suis,
Nep. Them. 2: quid fecisti scipione? what have you done with the stick? or, what has become of it? Plaut. Cas. 5, 4, 6; cf. id. ib. 5, 4, 9.—In pass.:
quid Tulliola mea fiet?
Cic. Fam. 14, 4, 3:
quid illo fiet? quid me?
id. Att. 6, 1, 14:
quid fiet artibus?
id. Ac. 2, 33, 107:
quid mihi fiet?
Ov. A. A. 1, 536:
quid de illa fiet fidicina igitur?
Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 48: de fratre quid fiet? Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 39.— Absol.:
quid faciat Philomela? fugam custodia claudit?
Ov. M. 6, 572:
quid facerem? neque servitio me exire licebat, etc.,
Verg. E. 1, 41 al. —
b.
Fit, factum est aliquo or aliqua re, it happens to, becomes of a person or thing:
volo Erogitare, meo minore quid sit factum filio,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 1, 32:
nec quid deinde iis (elephantis) factum sit, auctores explicant,
Plin. 8, 6, 6, § 17:
quid eo est argento factum?
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 106.—Hence,
(β).
Esp., si quid factum sit aliquo, if any thing should happen to one (i. q. si quid acciderit humanitus), euphemistically for if one should die:
si quid eo factum esset, in quo spem essetis habituri?
Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 20, 59; cf.:
eum fecisse aiunt, sibi quod faciendum fuit,
Plaut. Poen. 5, 1, 23. —
c.
Ut fit, as it usually happens, as is commonly the case:
praesertim cum, ut fit, fortuito saepe aliquid concluse apteque dicerent,
Cic. Or. 53, 177:
queri, ut fit, incipiunt,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:
dum se uxor, ut fit, comparat,
id. Mil. 10, 28:
fecit statim, ut fit, fastidium copia,
Liv. 3, 1, 7.—
d.
Fiat, an expression of assent, so be it! very good! fiat, geratur mos tibi, Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 146; id. As. 1, 1, 27; id. Am. 2, 2, 138; id. Most. 4, 3, 44 al.—
e.
Dictum ac factum, no sooner said than done, without delay, at once; v. dictum under dico, A. d.—
12.
In certain phrases the ellipsis of facere is common, e. g. finem facere:
Quae cum dixisset, Cotta finem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 40, 94; id. Fin. 4, 1 init. —With nihil aliud quam, quid alium quam, nihil praeterquam, which often = an emphatic Engl. only (but not in Cic.):
Tissaphernes nihil aliud quam bellum comparavit,
Nep. Ages. 2:
per biduum nihil aliud quam steterunt parati,
Liv. 34, 46; Suet. Caes. 20; id. Aug. 83; Liv. 2, 63; 4, 3; 3, 26.—So with nihil amplius quam, nihil prius quam, nihil minus quam, Liv. 26, 20; 35, 11; Suet. Dom. 3.
II.
Neutr.
A.
With adverbs, to do, deal, or act in any manner:
recta et vera loquere, sed neque vere neque recte adhuc Fecisti umquam,
Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 7;
v. recte under rego: bene fecit Silius, qui transegerit,
Cic. Att. 12, 24, 1:
seu recte seu perperam,
to do right or wrong, id. Quint. 8, 31:
Dalmatis di male faciant,
id. Fam. 5, 11 fin.:
facis amice,
in a friendly manner, id. Lael. 2, 9; cf.:
per malitiam,
maliciously, id. Rosc. Com. 7, 21:
humaniter,
id. Q. Fr. 2, 1, 1:
imperite,
id. Leg. 1, 1, 4:
tutius,
Quint. 5, 10, 68:
voluit facere contra huic aegre,
Ter. Eun. 4, 1, 10: bene facere, to profit, benefit (opp. male facere, to hurt, injure), Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 25; 5, 7, 19; Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 22; id. Capt. 5, 2, 23; v. also under benefacio and benefactum.—
B.
Facere cum or ab aliquo, to take part with one, to side with one; and opp. contra (or adversus) aliquem, to take part against one:
si respondisset, idem sentire et secum facere Sullam,
Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf.:
cum illo consulem facere,
id. Att. 6, 8, 2; and:
secum consules facere,
id. Planc. 35, 86:
auctoritatem sapientissimorum hominum facere nobiscum,
id. Caecin. 36, 104; cf.:
rem et sententiam interdicti mecum facere fatebatur,
id. ib. 28, 79:
cum veritas cum hoc faciat,
is on his side, id. Quint. 30, 91:
commune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis quam a nobis facit,
id. Inv. 1, 48, 90:
omnes damnatos, omnes ignominia affectos illac (a or cum Caesare) facere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
quae res in civitate duae plurimum possunt, eae contra nos ambae faciunt in hoc tempore,
id. Quint. 1, 1:
neque minus eos cum quibus steterint quam adversus quos fecerint,
Nep. Eum. 8, 2:
cum aliquo non male facere,
to be on good terms with, Ov. Am. 3, 762.—
C.
In late Lat. facere cum aliqua = vivere cum aliqua, to live in matrimony, to be married, Inscr. Orell. 4646. —
D.
Ad aliquid, alicui, or absol., to be good or of use for any thing; to be useful, of service:
chamaeleon facit ad difficultatem urinae,
Plin. 22, 18, 21, § 46; Scrib. Comp. 122:
ad talem formam non facit iste locus,
Ov. H. 16, 190; cf. id. ib. 6, 128; id. Am. 1, 2, 16 al.:
radix coronopi coeliacis praeclare facit,
Plin. 22, 19, 22, § 48; so with dat., Plin. Val. 2, 1; Prop. 3 (4), 1, 20:
facit autem commode ea compositio, quam, etc.,
Col. 7, 5, 7; 8, 17, 13:
nec caelum, nec aquae faciunt, nec terra, nec aurae,
do not benefit me, Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 23:
mire facit in peroratione confessio,
Quint. 11, 3, 173; 171; cf. with a subject-clause: plurimum facit, totas diligenter [p. 718] nosse causas, id. 6, 4, 8: ad aliquid or alicui signifies also to suit, fit:
non faciet capiti dura corona meo,
Prop. 3, 1, 19; cf. Ov. H. 16, 189.—
E.
Like the Gr. poiein or dran, and the Engl. to do, instead of another verb (also for esse and pati):
factum cupio (sc. id esse),
Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 24:
factum volo,
id. Bacch. 3, 3, 91; id. Most. 3, 2, 104:
an Scythes Anacharsis potuit pro nihilo pecuniam ducere, nostrates philosophi facere non potuerunt?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 32, 90:
nihil his in locis nisi saxa et montes cogitabam: idque ut facerem, orationibus inducebar tuis,
id. Leg. 2, 1, 2; cf.:
Demosthenem, si illa pronuntiare voluisset, ornate splendideque facere potuisse,
id. Off. 1, 1 fin.; and:
cur Cassandra furens futura prospiciat, Priamus sapiens hoc idem facere nequeat?
id. Div. 1, 39, 85; so id. Ac. 2, 33, 107; id. Att. 1, 16, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 18, 2; Nep. Chabr. 3, 4; 4, 3 al.:
vadem te ad mortem tyranno dabis pro amico, ut Pythagoreus ille Siculo fecit tyranno (here also with the case of the preceding verb),
Cic. Fin. 2, 24 fin. (v. Madv. ad h. l. p. 278):
jubeas (eum) miserum esse, libenter quatenus id facit (i. e. miser est),
what he is doing, Hor. S. 1, 1, 64:
in hominibus solum existunt: nam bestiae simile quiddam faciunt (i. q. patiuntur or habent),
Cic. Tusc. 4, 14; so,
ne facias quod Ummidius quidam (= ne idem experiaris, ne idem tibi eveniat),
Hor. S. 1, 1, 94. —
F.
Facere omitted, especially in short sentences expressing a judgment upon conduct, etc.:
at stulte, qui non modo non censuerit, etc.,
Cic. Off. 3, 27, 101.—Hence,
1.
factus, a, um, P. a.
A.
As adjective ante-class. and very rare:
factius nihilo facit, sc. id, i. e. nihilo magis effectum reddit,
is no nearer bringing it about, Plaut. Trin. 2, 3, 6; cf. Lorenz ad loc.—Far more freq.,
B.
In the neutr. as subst.: factum, i ( gen. plur. factum, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 31, 66 Trag. 81), that which is done, a deed, act, exploit, achievement (syn.: res gestae, facinus).
1.
In gen.:
depingere,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 5, 38:
facere factum,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 7, 5; id. Mil. 3, 1, 139:
dicta et facta,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 19; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 12:
opus facto est,
id. Phorm. 4, 5, 4:
ecquod hujus factum aut commissum non dicam audacius, sed, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 26, 72: meum factum probari abs te triumpho gaudio, Caes. ap. Cic. Att. 9, 16, A. 1;
14, 9, 2: quod umquam eorum in re publica forte factum exstitit?
id. ib. 8, 14, 2:
praeclarum atque divinum,
id. Phil. 2, 44, 114:
egregium,
id. Fam. 10, 16, 2; id. Cael. 10, 23:
factum per se improbabile,
Quint. 7, 4, 7; 6, 1, 22:
illustre,
Nep. Arist. 2, 2; cf.:
illustria et gloriosa,
Cic. Fin. 1, 11, 37:
forte,
id. Att. 8, 14, 2:
dira,
Ov. M. 6, 533:
nefanda,
id. H. 14, 16 al.; but also with the adv.:
recte ac turpiter factum,
Caes. B. G. 7, 80, 5; cf.:
multa huius (Timothei) sunt praeclare facta sed haec maxime illustria,
Nep. Timoth. 1, 2;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 722, 2: dimidium facti, qui coepit, habet,
Hor. Ep. 1, 2, 40:
quo facto aut dicto adest opus,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 15 et saep.:
famam extendere factis,
Verg. A. 10, 468: non hominum video. non ego facta boum, doings, i. e. works, Ov. H. 10, 60.—
2.
In partic., bonum factum, like the Gr. agathê tuchê, a good deed, i. e. well done, fortunate (ante-class. and post-Aug.):
bonum factum'st, edicta ut servetis mea,
Plaut. Poen. prol. 16; cf. id. ib. 44; cf.:
hoc factum est optimum, ut, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 2, 52:
majorum bona facta,
Tac. A. 3, 40; cf. id. ib. 3, 65. —At the commencement of edicts, Suet. Caesar, 80; id. Vit. 14; Aur. Vict. Vir. Ill. 49, 17; Tert. Pudic. 1.—(But in the class. per. factum in this sense is a participle, and is construed with an adv.:
bene facta,
Sall. C. 8, 5; id. J. 85, 5; Cic. Tusc. 2, 26, 64:
recte, male facta,
id. Off. 2, 18, 62:
male facto exigua laus proponitur,
id. Leg. Agr. 2, 2, 5; id. Brut. 43, 322; Quint. 3, 7, 13; cf. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 460).—
* 2.
facteon, a word jestingly formed by Cicero, after the analogy of the Greek, for faciendum: quare, ut opinor, philosophêteon, id quod tu facis, et istos consulatus non flocci facteon, Cic. Att. 1, 16, 13 Orell. N. cr. (for facteon, Ernesti has eateon).

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > facio

Страницы

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

linguistics — /ling gwis tiks/, n. (used with a sing. v.) the science of language, including phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics, pragmatics, and historical linguistics. [1850 55; see LINGUISTIC, ICS] * * * Study of the nature and structure of… … Universalium

Spanish verbs — are one of the most complex areas of Spanish grammar. Spanish is a synthetic language with a moderate to high degree of inflection which shows up mostly in the verb conjugation.The Spanish verb system is separated into 14 distinct tenses (tense… … Wikipedia

Linguistic minimalism — Minimalism in the sense described here is not related to Minimalism, the artistic and cultural movement. Much current research in transformational grammar is inspired by Noam Chomsky s Minimalist Program . [cite book|title=The Minimalist… … Wikipedia

Dutch customs and etiquette — Life in the Netherlands … Wikipedia

Gender differences in spoken Japanese — The Japanese language is unusual among major languages in the high degree to which the speech of women collectively differs from that of men. Differences in the ways that girls and boys use language have been detected in children as young as… … Wikipedia

List of Family Matters characters — Clockwise from left: Steve (White), Laura (Williams), Myra (Thomas), Eddie (McCrary) Harriette (Payton) and Carl (VelJohnson) Family Matters was a long running ABC/CBS[1] American sitcom about a middle class African American family living in… … Wikipedia

David Biespiel — Born 18 February 1964 (1964 02 18) (age 47). Tulsa, Oklahoma, United States Occupation poet, writer, editor, columnist, teacher Nationality American Period 1996 present … Wikipedia

The View from Here — Infobox Album Name = The View From Here Type = studio Artist = Bob Bennett Released = 2002 Recorded = Signpost Studios, Winnipeg MB Genre = CCM Length = 22:01 Label = Signpost Music Producer = Dave Zeglinski Steve Bell Reviews = Last album =… … Wikipedia

Sesame Street Muppets — This is an incomplete list, which may never be able to satisfy particular standards for completeness. You can help by expanding it with reliably sourced entries. Jim Henson, creator of The Muppets, in 1989 … Wikipedia

Zoroastrianism — Part of a series on Zoroastrianism Portal Primary topics … Wikipedia

enlarge — [c]/ɛnˈladʒ / (say en lahj), /ən / (say uhn ) verb (enlarged, enlarging) –verb (t) 1. to make larger; increase in extent, bulk, or quantity; add to: *The parents, not wishing to enlarge the incident in the imagination of the child, had not… …

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

speak+in+simple+phrase

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

speak+in+simple+phrase

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: